]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/loaddefs.el
*** empty log message ***
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
30
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
33
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
36
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
39
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
43
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
46
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
51
52 ;;;***
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (14360 11474))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
57
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
64
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
69
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
72
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
75
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
78
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
80
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
83
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
86
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
92
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
95
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
102
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil)
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14360 11651))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
113
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
116
117 ;;;***
118 \f
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
120 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
121 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name)
122 ;;;;;; "add-log" "add-log.el" (14525 5303))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
132
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
135
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
138
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
143
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
147
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
150
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
154 name and site.
155
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
161
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
164
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
168 name and site.
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
171
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
174
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
181
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
184
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
187
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
190
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
193
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
195 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
196
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
199 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variables
200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
201 `add-log-current-defun-function'
202
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
204
205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
208 the appropriate motion commands).
209
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order.
211
212 Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported,
213 so this command could be used to convert old-style logs by merging
214 with an empty log." t nil)
215
216 ;;;***
217 \f
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410
220 ;;;;;; 19111))
221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
222
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
232 interpreted as `error'.")
233
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
242
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
251 will be overwritten with the new one.
252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
254 will clear the cache." nil nil)
255
256 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
259
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
262 BODY... )
263
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
268 see also `ad-add-advice'.
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
271 before/around/after-advices will be used.
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
278
279 Semantics of the various flags:
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
283
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
286
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
288 advised function should be compiled.
289
290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
291 during activation until somebody enables it.
292
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
297
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
303 during preloading.
304
305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
306
307 ;;;***
308 \f
309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-unhighlight-rule align-highlight-rule align-current
310 ;;;;;; align-entire align-regexp align) "align" "align.el" (14463
311 ;;;;;; 7197))
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
313
314 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
320 rule's `separate' attribute).
321
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
324 `separate' attribute set.
325
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
329 on the format of these lists." t nil)
330
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
341 options.
342
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
345
346 Fred (123) 456-7890
347 Alice (123) 456-7890
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
349 Joe (123) 456-7890
350
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
354
355 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
360 align that section." t nil)
361
362 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
368 been used to align that section." t nil)
369
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
376 to be colored." t nil)
377
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
380
381 ;;;***
382 \f
383 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
384 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14546 48005))
385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
386 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
387
388 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
389 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
390 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
391 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
392 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
393 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
394
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
396
397 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
398
399 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
400
401 ;;;***
402 \f
403 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
404 ;;;;;; (14431 34774))
405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
406
407 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
408 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
409 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
410
411 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
412 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
413 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
414
415 ;;;***
416 \f
417 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
418 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
419 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
420 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14517 9487))
421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
422
423 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
424 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
425 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
426 as the first thing on a line.")
427
428 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
429 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
430
431 (defvar appt-audible t "\
432 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
433
434 (defvar appt-visible t "\
435 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
436
437 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
438 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
439
440 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
441 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
442
443 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
444 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
445
446 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
447 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
448 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
449
450 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
451 Add an appointment for the day at TIME and issue MESSAGE.
452 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
453
454 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
455 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
456
457 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" nil nil nil)
458
459 ;;;***
460 \f
461 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
462 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14411
463 ;;;;;; 43647))
464 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
465
466 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
467 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
468
469 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
470
471 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
472 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
473 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
474 normal variables." t nil)
475
476 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
477
478 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
479 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
480 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
481 noninteractive functions.
482
483 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
484 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
485
486 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
487 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
488 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
489 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
490 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
491
492 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
493 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
494 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
495 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
496 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
497
498 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
499 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
500 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
501 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
502 bindings.
503 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
504
505 ;;;***
506 \f
507 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14539
508 ;;;;;; 44524))
509 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
510
511 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
512 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
513 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
514 Letters no longer insert themselves.
515 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
516 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
517
518 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
519 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
520 archive.
521
522 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
523
524 ;;;***
525 \f
526 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
527 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
528
529 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
530 Major mode for editing arrays.
531
532 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
533 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
534 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
535
536 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
537
538 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
539 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
540 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
541
542 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
543 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
544 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
545 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
546 The variables are:
547
548 Variables you assign:
549 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
550 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
551 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
552 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
553 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
554 row numbers in the buffer.
555
556 Variables which are calculated:
557 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
558 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
559
560 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
561 take a numeric prefix argument):
562
563 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
564 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
565 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
566 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
567
568 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
569 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
570 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
571 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
572
573 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
574 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
575 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
576 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
577
578 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
579 between that of point and mark.
580
581 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
582 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
583
584 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
585 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
586 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
587 newlines inside rows)
588
589 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
590
591 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
592
593 ;;;***
594 \f
595 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
596 ;;;;;; 393))
597 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
598
599 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
600 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
601 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
602
603 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
604 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
605 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
606 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
607
608 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
609 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
610
611 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
612 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
613
614 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
615
616 Special commands:
617 \\{asm-mode-map}
618 " t nil)
619
620 ;;;***
621 \f
622 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
623 ;;;;;; (14516 149))
624 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
625
626 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
627 Obsolete.")
628
629 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
630 This command is obsolete." t nil)
631
632 ;;;***
633 \f
634 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
635 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
637
638 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
639 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
640
641 ;;;***
642 \f
643 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
644 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
645 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
646
647 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
648 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
649 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
650
651 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
652 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
653 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
654 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
655
656 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
657 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
658 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
659 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
660
661 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
662 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
663
664 ;;;***
665 \f
666 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
667 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
668 ;;;;;; (14398 37513))
669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
670
671 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
672 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
673 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
674
675 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
676 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
677 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
678
679 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
680 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
681 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
682
683 ;;;***
684 \f
685 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
686 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
687 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
688 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
689
690 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
691 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
692
693 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
694 instead.")
695
696 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
697 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
698
699 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
700 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
701
702 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
703
704 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
705
706 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
707 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
708
709 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
710 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
711 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
712
713 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
714 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
715
716 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
717 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
718
719 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
720 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
721
722 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
723 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
724 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
725
726 ;;;***
727 \f
728 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
729 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14539 53646))
730 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
731
732 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
733 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
734 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
735 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
736 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
737
738 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
739
740 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
741
742 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
743 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
744 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
745 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
746
747 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
748 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
749 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
750
751 Effects of the different modes:
752 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
753 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
754 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
755 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
756 a random distance & direction.
757 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
758 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
759 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
760
761 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
762
763 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
764 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
765 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
766
767 ;;;***
768 \f
769 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14546
770 ;;;;;; 45178))
771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
772
773 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
774 Major mode for editing AWK code.
775 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
776 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
777 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
778
779 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
780 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
781
782 ;;;***
783 \f
784 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
785 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
787
788 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
789 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
790
791 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
792 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
793
794 For example:
795
796 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
797 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
798 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
799 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
800
801 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
802
803 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
804
805 ;;;***
806 \f
807 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
808 ;;;;;; (14422 6418))
809 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
810
811 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
812 Display battery status information in the echo area.
813 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
814 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
815
816 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
817 Display battery status information in the mode line.
818 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
819 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
820 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
821 seconds." t nil)
822
823 ;;;***
824 \f
825 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504
826 ;;;;;; 9460))
827 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
828
829 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
830 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
831
832 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
833 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
834 version information already added. You just need to add a description
835 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
836 message.
837
838
839 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
840
841 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
842 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
843 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
844 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
845 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
846
847 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
848 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
849 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
850 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
851 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
852 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
853
854 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
855 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
856 BibTeX mode.
857
858
859 Special information:
860
861 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
862
863 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
864 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
865 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
866 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
867 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
868 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
869 current field.
870 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
871 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
872
873 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
874 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
875 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
876 bibtex-entry-format.
877 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
878 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
879 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
880
881 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
882 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
883
884 The following may be of interest as well:
885
886 Functions:
887 bibtex-entry
888 bibtex-kill-entry
889 bibtex-yank-pop
890 bibtex-pop-previous
891 bibtex-pop-next
892 bibtex-complete-string
893 bibtex-complete-key
894 bibtex-print-help-message
895 bibtex-generate-autokey
896 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
897 bibtex-end-of-entry
898 bibtex-reposition-window
899 bibtex-mark-entry
900 bibtex-ispell-abstract
901 bibtex-ispell-entry
902 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
903 bibtex-sort-buffer
904 bibtex-validate
905 bibtex-count
906 bibtex-fill-entry
907 bibtex-reformat
908 bibtex-convert-alien
909
910 Variables:
911 bibtex-field-delimiters
912 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
913 bibtex-include-OPTkey
914 bibtex-user-optional-fields
915 bibtex-entry-format
916 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
917 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
918 bibtex-entry-field-alist
919 bibtex-predefined-strings
920 bibtex-string-files
921
922 ---------------------------------------------------------
923 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
924 non-nil.
925
926 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
927
928 ;;;***
929 \f
930 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
931 ;;;;;; 27947))
932 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
933
934 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
935 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
936 the default is 4.
937
938 What is blackbox?
939
940 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
941 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
942 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
943 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
944 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
945 your score.
946
947 Overview of play:
948
949 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
950 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
951 four.
952
953 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
954 movement keys.
955
956 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
957 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
958
959 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
960 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
961
962 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
963 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
964 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
965 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
966 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
967 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
968
969 Details:
970
971 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
972
973 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
974 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
975 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
976 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
977
978 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
979 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
980 denoted by the letter `R'.
981
982 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
983 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
984 denoted by the letter `H'.
985
986 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
987 example.
988
989 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
990 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
991 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
992 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
993 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
994 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
995 ray.
996
997 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
998 degree deflection it causes.
999
1000 1
1001 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1002 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1003 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1004 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1005 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1006 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1007 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1008 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1009 2 3
1010
1011 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1012 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1013
1014
1015 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1016 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1017 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1018 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1019 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1020 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1021 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1022 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1023
1024 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1025 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1026 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1027 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1028 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1029 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1030 emerging from the box.
1031
1032 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1033
1034 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1035 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1036 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1037 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1038 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1039 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1040 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1041 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1042
1043 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1044 a reflection." t nil)
1045
1046 ;;;***
1047 \f
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1049 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1050 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1051 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1052 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1053 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14531 42950))
1054 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1055 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1056 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1057 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1058
1059 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1060 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1061 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1062 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1063 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1064 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1065
1066 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1067
1068 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1069
1070 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1071
1072 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1073
1074 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1075
1076 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1077
1078 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1079
1080 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1081
1082 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1083
1084 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1085
1086 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1087
1088 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1089
1090 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1091
1092 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
1093
1094 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1095 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1096 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1097 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1098 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1099 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1100 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1101 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1102 recent one.
1103
1104 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1105 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1106 yank successive words.
1107
1108 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1109 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1110 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1111 name of the file being visited.
1112
1113 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1114 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1115 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1116
1117 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1118 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1119 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1120 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1121 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1122 this.
1123
1124 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1125 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1126 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1127 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1128
1129 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1130 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1131 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1132 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1133 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1134
1135 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1136 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1137 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1138 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1139
1140 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1141
1142 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1143 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1144 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1145 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1146
1147 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1148 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1149 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1150
1151 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1152 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1153 name." t nil)
1154
1155 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1156 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1157 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1158 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1159 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1160 this." t nil)
1161
1162 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1163 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1164 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1165 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1166 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1167 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1168 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1169 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1170
1171 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1172 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1173 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1174
1175 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1176 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1177 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1178 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1179 \(second argument).
1180
1181 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1182 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1183 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1184 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1185 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1186
1187 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1188 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1189 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1190 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1191
1192 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1193 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1194 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1195 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1196 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1197 while loading.
1198
1199 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1200 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1201 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1202 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1203 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1204 explicitly.
1205
1206 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1207 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1208 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1209 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1210
1211 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1212 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1213 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1214 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1215 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1216
1217 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1218
1219 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1220
1221 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1222 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1223 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1224 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1225 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1226 this.
1227
1228 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1229 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1230 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1231
1232 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1233 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1234 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1235 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1236 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1237 this.
1238
1239 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1240 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1241 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1242
1243 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1244 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1245 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1246
1247 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1248 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1249 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1250
1251 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1252 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1253 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1254 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1255 prompts for NEWNAME.
1256 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1257 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1258 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1259
1260 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1261 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1262 name.
1263
1264 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1265 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1266 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1267
1268 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1269 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1270 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1271 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1272 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1273 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1274
1275 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1276 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1277 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1278
1279 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1280
1281 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1282
1283 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1284
1285 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1286
1287 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1288
1289 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1290
1291 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1292
1293 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1294
1295 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1296
1297 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1298
1299 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1300
1301 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1302
1303 ;;;***
1304 \f
1305 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1306 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1307 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1308 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
1309 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1310 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1311 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
1312 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
1313 ;;;;;; (14554 2050))
1314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1315
1316 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1317 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1318 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1319 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1320
1321 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1322 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1323 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1324 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1325 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1326
1327 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1328 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1329 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1330 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1331 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1332
1333 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1334 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1335
1336 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1337 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1338 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1339
1340 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1341 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1342
1343 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1344 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1345 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1346 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1347 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1348 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1349
1350 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1351 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1352 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1353 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1354 narrowed." t nil)
1355
1356 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1357 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1358
1359 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1361
1362 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1363 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1364 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1365 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1366
1367 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1368 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1369 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1370 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1371
1372 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1373 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1374 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1375 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1376 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1377 to use." t nil)
1378
1379 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1380 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1381
1382 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1383 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1384
1385 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1386 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1387 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1388 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1389
1390 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1391 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1392
1393 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1394 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1395
1396 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1397 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1398 program is invoked according to the variable
1399 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1400
1401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1402 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1405
1406 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1407 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1408
1409 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1410 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1411 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1412
1413 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1414 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1415 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1416 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1417
1418 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1419 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1420 Default to the URL around or before point.
1421
1422 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1423 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1424 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1425
1426 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1427 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1428 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1429 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1430
1431 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1432 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1433
1434 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1435 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1436 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1437
1438 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1439 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1440 Default to the URL around or before point.
1441
1442 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1443 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1444 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1445
1446 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1447 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1448
1449 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1450 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1451 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1452 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1453
1454 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1455 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1456 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1457 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1458 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1459
1460 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1461 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1462 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1463 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1464
1465 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1466 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1467 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1468 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1469
1470 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1471 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1472
1473 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1474 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1475 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1476
1477 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1478 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1479 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1480 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1481 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1482 current one.
1483
1484 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1485 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1486 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1487 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1488
1489 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1490 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1491
1492 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1493 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1494 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1495 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1496 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1497 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1498
1499 ;;;***
1500 \f
1501 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1502 ;;;;;; 42538))
1503 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1504
1505 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1506 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1507
1508 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1509 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1510
1511 ;;;***
1512 \f
1513 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1514 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14495 17961))
1515 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1516
1517 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1518 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1519 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1520 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1521
1522 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1523 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1524 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1525 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1526
1527 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1528 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1529
1530 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1531 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself.
1532 \\<bs-mode-map>
1533 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1534 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1535 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1536 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1537
1538 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1539 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1540 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1541 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1542 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1543
1544 ;;;***
1545 \f
1546 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1547 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1548 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1549 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14547 29523))
1550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1551
1552 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1553 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1554 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1555
1556 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1557 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1558 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1559 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1560
1561 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1562 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1563 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1564 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1565
1566 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1567
1568 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1569 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1570
1571 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1572 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1573 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1574 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1575 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1576
1577 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1578 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1579 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1580 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1581
1582 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1583 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1584 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1585
1586 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1587 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1588 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1589 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1590 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1591 all functions called by those functions.
1592
1593 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1594 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1595 cons, etc.).
1596
1597 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1598 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1599 invoked interactively." t nil)
1600
1601 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1602 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1603 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1604 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1605 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1606 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1607
1608 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1609 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1610 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1611 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1612
1613 ;;;***
1614 \f
1615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1616 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1617
1618 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1619
1620 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1621
1622 ;;;***
1623 \f
1624 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1625 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1626 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1627
1628 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1629 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1630 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1631 from the cursor position." t nil)
1632
1633 ;;;***
1634 \f
1635 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14511
1636 ;;;;;; 60346))
1637 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1638
1639 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1640 Run the pocket calculator.
1641 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1642
1643 ;;;***
1644 \f
1645 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1646 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1647 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1648 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1649 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1650 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1651 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1652 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1653 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1654 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1655 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1656 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1657 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1658 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1659 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1660 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1661 ;;;;;; (14393 15349))
1662 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1663
1664 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1665 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1666 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1667
1668 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1669 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1670 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1671 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1672 the screen.")
1673
1674 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1675 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1676 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1677 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1678 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1679
1680 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1681 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1682 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
1683 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
1684 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
1685 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
1686 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
1687
1688 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
1689 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
1690 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
1691 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
1692 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
1693
1694 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
1695 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
1696 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
1697
1698 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
1699 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
1700 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
1701
1702 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
1703 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
1704 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
1705
1706 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
1707 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
1708 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
1709 displayed.")
1710
1711 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
1712 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
1713 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
1714
1715 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
1716 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
1717 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1718
1719 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
1720
1721 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
1722 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
1723 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1724
1725 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
1726 calendar.")
1727
1728 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
1729 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
1730 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1731
1732 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
1733 calendar.")
1734
1735 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
1736 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
1737 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
1738
1739 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
1740 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
1741 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
1742 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
1743 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
1744
1745 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
1746 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
1747 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
1748 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
1749 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
1750 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
1751 a function is also provided for this:
1752 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
1753
1754 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1755 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1756 date is not visible in the window.
1757
1758 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1759 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1760 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1761
1762 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
1763 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
1764
1765 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1766 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1767 date is visible in the window.
1768
1769 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1770 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1771 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1772
1773 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
1774 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
1775
1776 For example,
1777
1778 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
1779
1780 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
1781
1782 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
1783 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
1784
1785 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
1786
1787 MONTH/DAY
1788 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
1789 MONTHNAME DAY
1790 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
1791 DAYNAME
1792
1793 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
1794 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
1795 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
1796 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
1797 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
1798 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
1799 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
1800 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
1801 respectively.
1802
1803 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
1804 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
1805 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
1806
1807 DAY/MONTH
1808 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1809 DAY MONTHNAME
1810 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1811 DAYNAME
1812
1813 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
1814 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
1815
1816 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
1817 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
1818 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
1819 window but will appear in a diary window.
1820
1821 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
1822 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
1823
1824 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
1825 entries (in the default American style):
1826
1827 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
1828 &1/1. Happy New Year!
1829 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
1830 21: Payday
1831 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
1832 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
1833 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
1834 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
1835 mar 16 Dad's birthday
1836 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
1837 &* 15 time cards due.
1838
1839 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
1840 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
1841 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
1842 single diary entry
1843
1844 02/11/1989
1845 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
1846 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
1847 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
1848 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
1849 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
1850 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
1851
1852 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
1853 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
1854 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
1855
1856 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
1857
1858 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
1859
1860 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
1861 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
1862 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
1863 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
1864 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
1865 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
1866 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
1867 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
1868 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
1869
1870 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
1871 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
1872 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
1873 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
1874 for these functions for details.
1875
1876 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
1877 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1878
1879 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
1880 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
1881
1882 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
1883 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
1884
1885 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
1886 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
1887
1888 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
1889 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
1890 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
1891
1892 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
1893 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
1894 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
1895
1896 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
1897 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
1898 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
1899 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
1900
1901 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
1902 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
1903 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
1904 1990. The accepted European date styles are
1905
1906 DAY/MONTH
1907 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1908 DAY MONTHNAME
1909 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1910 DAYNAME
1911
1912 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
1913 characters with or without a period.")
1914
1915 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1916 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
1917 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1918
1919 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1920 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
1921 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1922
1923 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
1924 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
1925 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
1926
1927 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
1928 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
1929 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
1930
1931 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
1932 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
1933 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
1934 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
1935 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
1936 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
1937
1938 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1939 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
1940 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
1941
1942 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
1943 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
1944 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1945 of the form
1946
1947 #include \"filename\"
1948
1949 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1950 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
1951 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
1952 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
1953 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
1954
1955 For example, you could use
1956
1957 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
1958 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
1959 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
1960
1961 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
1962 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
1963 lexicographic order.")
1964
1965 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
1966 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
1967 Can be used for appointment notification.")
1968
1969 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
1970 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
1971 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
1972 diary display.
1973
1974 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
1975 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
1976 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
1977 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
1978 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
1979 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
1980 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
1981
1982 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
1983 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
1984 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
1985 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
1986 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
1987 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
1988 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
1989 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
1990
1991 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
1992 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
1993 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
1994 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
1995 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
1996 describes the style of such diary entries.")
1997
1998 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1999 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2000
2001 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2002 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2003 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2004 of the form
2005 #include \"filename\"
2006 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2007 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2008 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2009 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2010 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2011
2012 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2013 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2014 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2015 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2016 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2017 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2018
2019 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2020 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2021 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2022 are holidays.")
2023
2024 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2025 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2026 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2027 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2028 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2029
2030 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2031
2032 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2033 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2034 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2035
2036 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2037
2038 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2039 *Oriental holidays.
2040 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2041
2042 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2043
2044 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2045 *Local holidays.
2046 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2047
2048 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2049
2050 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2051 *User defined holidays.
2052 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2053
2054 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2055
2056 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2057
2058 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2059
2060 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2061
2062 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2063
2064 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2065
2066 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2067
2068 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2069
2070 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2071
2072 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2073 *Jewish holidays.
2074 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2075
2076 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2077
2078 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2079 *Christian holidays.
2080 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2081
2082 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2083
2084 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2085 *Islamic holidays.
2086 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2087
2088 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2089
2090 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2091 *Sun-related holidays.
2092 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2093
2094 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2095
2096 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2097 The frame set up of the calendar.
2098 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2099 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2100 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2101 any other value the current frame is used.")
2102
2103 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2104 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2105 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2106
2107 ;;;***
2108 \f
2109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 57707))
2110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2111
2112 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2113 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2114
2115 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2116 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2117
2118 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2119 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2120
2121 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2122 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2123
2124 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2125 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2126
2127 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2128 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2129
2130 ;;;***
2131 \f
2132 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2133 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2134 ;;;;;; (14419 57707))
2135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2136
2137 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2138
2139 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2140 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2141 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2142 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2143 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2144 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2145
2146 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2147
2148 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2149 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2150 run first.
2151
2152 Key bindings:
2153 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2154
2155 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2156 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2157 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2158 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2159 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2160 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2161 message.
2162
2163 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2164
2165 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2166 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2167 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2168
2169 Key bindings:
2170 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2171
2172 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2173 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2174 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2175 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2176 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2177 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2178 message.
2179
2180 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2181
2182 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2183 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2184 is run first.
2185
2186 Key bindings:
2187 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2190 Major mode for editing Java code.
2191 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2192 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2193 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2194 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2195 message.
2196
2197 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2198
2199 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2200 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2201 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2202 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2203 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2204
2205 Key bindings:
2206 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2207
2208 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2209 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2210 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2211 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2212 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2213 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2214 message.
2215
2216 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2217
2218 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2219 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2220 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2221
2222 Key bindings:
2223 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2224
2225 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2226 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2227 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2228 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2229 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2230 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2231 message.
2232
2233 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2234
2235 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2236 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2237 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2238
2239 Key bindings:
2240 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2241
2242 ;;;***
2243 \f
2244 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2245 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 57707))
2246 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2247
2248 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2249 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2250 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2251 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2252 for details of setting up styles.
2253
2254 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2255 style name.
2256
2257 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2258 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2259 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2260 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2261 will be reassigned.
2262
2263 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2264 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2265 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2266
2267 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2268 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2269 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2270 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2271
2272 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2273
2274 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2275 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2276 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2277
2278 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2279 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2280 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2281 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2282 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2283
2284 ;;;***
2285 \f
2286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 57707))
2287 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2288
2289 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2290 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2291 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2292 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2293 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2294
2295 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2296 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2297
2298 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2299 `infodock'.")
2300
2301 ;;;***
2302 \f
2303 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2304 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2305 ;;;;;; (14543 61454))
2306 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2307
2308 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2309 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2310
2311 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2312 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2313
2314 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2315 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2316
2317 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2318 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2319 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2320 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2321 execution.
2322
2323 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2324
2325 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2326 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2327 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
2328 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
2329
2330 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2331 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2332 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2333 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2334 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2335 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2336
2337 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2338 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2339 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
2340
2341 ;;;***
2342 \f
2343 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2344 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2345 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2346 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2347 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2348 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2349 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2350 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2351 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
2352 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2353
2354 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2355 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2356 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2357 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2360 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2361 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2362 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2363 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2364 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2365 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2366 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2367
2368 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2369 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2370 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2371 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2372 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2373 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2374 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2375 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2376
2377 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2378 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2379 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2380 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2381 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2382
2383 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2384 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2385 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2386 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2387 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2388
2389 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2390 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2391 Only documentation strings are checked.
2392 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2393 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2394 a separate buffer." t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2397 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2398 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2399 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2400 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2401
2402 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2403 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2404 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2405 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2406 if there is one.
2407 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2408
2409 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2410 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2411 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2414 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2415 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2416 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2417 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2418
2419 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2420 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2421 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2422 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2423 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2424 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2425
2426 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2427 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2428 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2429 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2430
2431 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2432 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2433 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2434 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2435
2436 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2437 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2438 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2439 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2440
2441 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2442 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2443 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2444 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2445
2446 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2447 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2448 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2449 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2450
2451 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2452 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2453 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2454 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2455
2456 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2457 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2458 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2459 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2460
2461 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2462 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2463 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2464 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2465
2466 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2467 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2468 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2469 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2470
2471 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2472 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2473 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2474
2475 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2476 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2477 checking of documentation strings.
2478
2479 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
2480
2481 ;;;***
2482 \f
2483 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
2484 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment
2485 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el"
2486 ;;;;;; (13774 37678))
2487 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
2488
2489 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\
2490 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil)
2491
2492 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\
2493 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil)
2494
2495 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\
2496 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil)
2497
2498 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2499 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2500 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2501
2502 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2503 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2504
2505 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2506 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2507 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2510 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2511
2512 ;;;***
2513 \f
2514 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
2515 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307))
2516 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
2517
2518 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
2519 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
2520 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
2521 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
2522 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
2523 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
2524
2525 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
2526 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
2527 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2528 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
2529 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
2530
2531 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
2532
2533 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
2534 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
2535 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2536 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
2537 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
2538
2539 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
2540 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
2541 \\{command-history-map}
2542
2543 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
2544 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
2545
2546 ;;;***
2547 \f
2548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14533 31536))
2549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
2550
2551 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
2552 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
2553 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
2554 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
2555 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
2556 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
2557
2558 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
2559 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
2560
2561 ;;;***
2562 \f
2563 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
2564 ;;;;;; (14518 39681))
2565 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
2566
2567 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
2568
2569 ;;;***
2570 \f
2571 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
2572 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
2573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
2574
2575 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
2576 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
2577 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
2578 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
2579
2580 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
2581 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
2582 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
2583
2584 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
2585 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
2586
2587 ;;;***
2588 \f
2589 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535
2590 ;;;;;; 44845))
2591 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
2592
2593 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
2594 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
2595 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
2596 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
2597 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
2598 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
2599 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
2600 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
2601
2602 ;;;***
2603 \f
2604 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
2605 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
2606 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038))
2607 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
2608
2609 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2610 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
2611 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
2612 ASCII table.
2613
2614 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
2615 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
2616 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
2617 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
2618
2619 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2620 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
2621 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2622
2623 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2624 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
2625 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2626
2627 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2628 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
2629 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2630
2631 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
2632 Return an alist of supported codepages.
2633
2634 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
2635 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
2636 for the character set supported by that codepage.
2637
2638 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
2639 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
2640
2641 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
2642 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
2643
2644 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
2645 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
2646 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
2647
2648 ;;;***
2649 \f
2650 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
2651 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
2652 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14535 44845))
2653 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
2654
2655 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
2656 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
2657 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
2658 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2659 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2660 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2661 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2662 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2663
2664 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2665
2666 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
2667 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
2668 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
2669 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
2670 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
2671 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
2672
2673 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
2674 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2675 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2676
2677 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2678
2679 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
2680 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2681 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2682
2683 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2684
2685 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
2686 Send COMMAND to current process.
2687 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2688 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2689
2690 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
2691 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
2692 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2693 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2694
2695 ;;;***
2696 \f
2697 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
2698 ;;;;;; 18289))
2699 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
2700
2701 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
2702 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
2703 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
2704 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
2705
2706 This command pushes the mark in each window
2707 at the prior location of point in that window.
2708 If both windows display the same buffer,
2709 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
2710 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
2711
2712 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
2713 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
2714 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
2715
2716 ;;;***
2717 \f
2718 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
2719 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
2720 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
2721 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14440 46010))
2722 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
2723
2724 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
2725 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
2726
2727 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
2728 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
2729
2730 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
2731 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
2732 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
2733 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
2734 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
2735
2736 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
2737 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
2738 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
2739 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
2740 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
2741
2742 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
2743 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
2744 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
2745 describing how the process finished.")
2746
2747 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
2748 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
2749 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
2750 and a string describing how the process finished.")
2751
2752 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
2753 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
2754 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
2755
2756 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
2757 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
2758 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
2759 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
2760
2761 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
2762 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
2763 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
2764 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
2765
2766 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
2767 and move to the source code that caused it.
2768
2769 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
2770 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
2771
2772 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
2773 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
2774 Then start the next one.
2775
2776 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
2777 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
2778 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
2779
2780 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
2781 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
2782 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
2783 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
2784 where grep found matches.
2785
2786 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2787 easily repeat a grep command.
2788
2789 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
2790 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
2791 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
2792 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
2793
2794 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
2795 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
2796 Collect output in a buffer.
2797 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
2798 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
2799
2800 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2801 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
2802
2803 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
2804 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
2805 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
2806 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
2807 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
2808
2809 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
2810
2811 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2812 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
2813 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2814 See `compilation-mode'.
2815 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2816
2817 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2818 Toggle compilation minor mode.
2819 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2820 See `compilation-mode'.
2821 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2822
2823 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
2824 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
2825
2826 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
2827 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
2828
2829 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
2830 negative means move back to previous error messages.
2831 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
2832 and start at the first error.
2833
2834 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
2835 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
2836 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
2837 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
2838 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
2839 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
2840
2841 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
2842 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
2843 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
2844
2845 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
2846 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
2847 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
2848
2849 ;;;***
2850 \f
2851 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
2852 ;;;;;; (14393 17619))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
2854
2855 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
2856 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
2857 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
2858
2859 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
2860 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
2861 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
2862 as much as possible.
2863
2864 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
2865 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
2866 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
2867 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
2868
2869 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
2870 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
2871 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
2872 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
2873
2874 ;;;***
2875 \f
2876 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
2877 ;;;;;; (14495 17962))
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
2879
2880 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
2881 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
2882
2883 ;;;***
2884 \f
2885 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
2886 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
2887 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
2888 ;;;;;; (14422 57499))
2889 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
2890
2891 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
2892 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
2893 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
2894 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
2895 `make-composition'.
2896
2897 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
2898
2899 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
2900 | | 1:tc or top-center
2901 | | 2:tr or top-right
2902 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
2903 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
2904 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
2905 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
2906 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
2907 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
2908
2909 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
2910 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
2911 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
2912 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
2913 be added.
2914
2915 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
2916 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
2917 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
2918
2919 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
2920 | | |
2921 | global| |
2922 | glyph | |
2923 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
2924 +----+--*--+
2925 | | new |
2926 | |glyph|
2927 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
2928 ")
2929
2930 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
2931 Compose characters in the current region.
2932
2933 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
2934
2935 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
2936 specifying the region.
2937
2938 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2939 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
2940
2941 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
2942 of the text in the region.
2943
2944 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
2945
2946 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
2947 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
2948 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
2949 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
2950
2951 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
2952 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
2953 detail.
2954
2955 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
2956 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
2957 text in the composition." t nil)
2958
2959 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
2960 Decompose text in the current region.
2961
2962 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
2963 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
2964
2965 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
2966 Compose characters in string STRING.
2967
2968 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
2969 the characters in it.
2970
2971 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
2972 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
2973 STRING respectively.
2974
2975 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2976 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
2977 `compose-region' for more detail.
2978
2979 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
2980 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
2981 text in the composition." nil nil)
2982
2983 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
2984 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
2985
2986 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
2987 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
2988 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
2989 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
2990 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
2991 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
2992 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
2993 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
2994
2995 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
2996 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
2997
2998 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
2999 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3000
3001 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3002 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3003
3004 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3005 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3006
3007 If no composition is found, return nil.
3008
3009 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3010 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3011
3012 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3013 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3014 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3015
3016 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3017
3018 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3019
3020 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3021 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3022 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3023
3024 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3025
3026 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3027 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0)
3028
3029 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
3030 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
3031
3032 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
3033 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
3034 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
3035 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
3036 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
3037
3038 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
3039 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
3040
3041 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3042 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3043
3044 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3045 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3046 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3047 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3048 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3049 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3050 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3051 nil.
3052
3053 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3054 is:
3055 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3056 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3057
3058 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3059
3060 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3061
3062 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3063 Compose last characters.
3064 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
3065 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
3066 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3067 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3068 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
3069 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3070 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3071
3072 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3073 Convert CHAR to string.
3074 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3075
3076 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3077 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3078 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3079
3080 ;;;***
3081 \f
3082 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3083 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685))
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3085
3086 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3087 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3088 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3089
3090 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3091 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3092 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3093
3094 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3095 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3096 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3097 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3098
3099 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3100 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3101
3102 ;;;***
3103 \f
3104 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3105 ;;;;;; (14463 42213))
3106 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3107
3108 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3109 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3110 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3111 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3112 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3113 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3114
3115 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3116 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3117
3118 ;;;***
3119 \f
3120 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3121 ;;;;;; (14456 48530))
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3123
3124 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3125 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3126 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3127 Tab indents for Perl code.
3128 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3129 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3130
3131 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3132 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3133 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3134 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3135 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3136 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3137 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3138 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3139 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3140 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3141 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3142 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3143
3144 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3145
3146 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3147 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3148
3149 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3150
3151 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3152 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3153 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3154 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3155 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3156 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3157 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3158 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3159 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3160
3161 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3162
3163 bite if angry;
3164
3165 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3166 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3167 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3168 to nil.)
3169
3170 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3171 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3172 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3173
3174 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3175
3176 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3177 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3178 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3179 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3180 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3181
3182 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3183
3184 if (A) { B }
3185
3186 into
3187
3188 B if A;
3189
3190 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3191
3192 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3193 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3194 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3195 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3196 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3197 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3198 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3199 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3200 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3201 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3202 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3203 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3204 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3205
3206 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3207 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3208 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3209 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3210 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3211 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3212
3213 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3214 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3215 man via menu.
3216
3217 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3218 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3219 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3220 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3221 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3222
3223 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3224 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3225 span the needed amount of lines.
3226
3227 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3228 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3229 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3230 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3231
3232 Variables controlling indentation style:
3233 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3234 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3235 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3236 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3237 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3238 `cperl-auto-newline'
3239 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3240 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3241 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3242 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3243 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3244 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3245 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3246 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3247 `cperl-indent-level'
3248 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3249 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3250 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3251 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3252 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3253 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3254 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3255 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3256 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3257 `cperl-brace-offset'
3258 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3259 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3260 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3261 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3262 `cperl-label-offset'
3263 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3264 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3265 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3266
3267 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3268 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3269 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3270 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3271 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3272
3273 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3274 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3275 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3276 \(both available from menu).
3277
3278 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3279 column 0 is indented on
3280 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3281
3282 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3283 with no args.
3284
3285 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3286 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3287 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3288
3289 ;;;***
3290 \f
3291 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3292 ;;;;;; (13826 9529))
3293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3294
3295 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3296 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3297 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3298 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3299 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3300
3301 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3302 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3303
3304 ;;;***
3305 \f
3306 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3307 ;;;;;; (14302 38178))
3308 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3309
3310 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3311 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3312 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3313 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3314
3315 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3316 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3317
3318 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3319
3320 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3321
3322 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3323 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode.
3324 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3325
3326 ;;;***
3327 \f
3328 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3329 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3330 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3331 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3332 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3333 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3334 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3335 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3336 ;;;;;; (14552 48684))
3337 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3338 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3339
3340 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3341 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3342
3343 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3344 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3345
3346 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3347 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3348
3349 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3350
3351 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3352 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3353
3354 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3355 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3356
3357 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3358 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3359
3360 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3361 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3362
3363 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3364 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3365
3366 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3367
3368 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3369 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3370 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3371 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3372
3373 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3374 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3375
3376 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3377 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3378
3379 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3380 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3381
3382 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3383
3384 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3385 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3386 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3387 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3388 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3389
3390 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3391 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3392
3393 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3394 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3395
3396 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3397
3398 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3399 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3400
3401 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3402 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3403 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3404 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3405 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3406
3407 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3408 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3409 version." t nil)
3410
3411 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3412
3413 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3414 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3415 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3416
3417 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3418 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3419 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3420
3421 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3422 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
3423
3424 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3425 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3426
3427 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3428 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3429
3430 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3431 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3432 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3433 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3434 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3435 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3436 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3437
3438 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3439 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3440 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
3441
3442 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
3443 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
3444
3445 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
3446 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
3447
3448 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
3449 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3450 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3451 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3452 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3453 that option." nil nil)
3454
3455 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3456 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3457 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3458 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3459 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3460 that option." nil nil)
3461
3462 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
3463 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
3464
3465 (defvar custom-file nil "\
3466 File used for storing customization information.
3467 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
3468 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
3469 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
3470
3471 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
3472 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
3473 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
3474 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
3475
3476 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3477 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
3478
3479 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
3480 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
3481
3482 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3483 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3484 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3485
3486 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3487 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3488 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
3489 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
3490 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3491
3492 ;;;***
3493 \f
3494 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
3495 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14505 58892))
3496 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
3497
3498 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
3499 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
3500
3501 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
3502 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
3503 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
3504
3505 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
3506
3507 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
3508 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
3509 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
3510
3511 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
3512
3513 ;;;***
3514 \f
3515 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
3516 ;;;;;; (14552 48684))
3517 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
3518
3519 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
3520 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
3521
3522 ;;;***
3523 \f
3524 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
3525 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379))
3526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
3527
3528 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3529 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions.
3530
3531 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
3532 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
3533 C++ modes are included.
3534
3535 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3536
3537 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3538 Turn on CWarn mode.
3539
3540 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
3541 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
3542
3543 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3544 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
3545
3546 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3547
3548 ;;;***
3549 \f
3550 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
3551 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment
3552 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment)
3553 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 37678))
3554 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
3555
3556 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3557 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil)
3558
3559 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3560 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil)
3561
3562 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3563 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil)
3564
3565 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
3566 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3567
3568 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
3569 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3570
3571 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
3572 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
3573 For readability, the table is slightly
3574 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
3575
3576 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
3577 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
3578 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
3579 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
3580 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
3581
3582 ;;;***
3583 \f
3584 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
3585 ;;;;;; (14385 24830))
3586 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
3587
3588 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
3589
3590 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
3591
3592 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
3593 Completion on current word.
3594 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
3595 and presents suggestions for completion.
3596
3597 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
3598 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
3599 completions.
3600
3601 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
3602 then it searches *all* buffers.
3603
3604 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
3605 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
3606
3607 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
3608 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
3609
3610 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
3611 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
3612 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
3613 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
3614 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
3615
3616 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
3617 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
3618
3619 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
3620 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
3621 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
3622
3623 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
3624 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
3625
3626 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
3627
3628 ;;;***
3629 \f
3630 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
3631 ;;;;;; 38927))
3632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
3633
3634 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
3635 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
3636
3637 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
3638 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
3639 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
3640
3641 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
3642 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
3643 Data lines are not indented.
3644
3645 Key bindings:
3646
3647 \\{dcl-mode-map}
3648 Commands not usually bound to keys:
3649
3650 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
3651 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
3652 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
3653 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
3654
3655 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3656
3657 dcl-basic-offset
3658 Extra indentation within blocks.
3659
3660 dcl-continuation-offset
3661 Extra indentation for continued lines.
3662
3663 dcl-margin-offset
3664 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
3665
3666 dcl-margin-label-offset
3667 Indentation for a label.
3668
3669 dcl-comment-line-regexp
3670 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
3671
3672 dcl-block-begin-regexp
3673 dcl-block-end-regexp
3674 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
3675 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
3676 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
3677 make it possible to define other places to indent.
3678 Set to nil to disable this feature.
3679
3680 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
3681 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
3682 Two such functions are included in the package:
3683 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
3684 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
3685
3686 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
3687 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
3688 One such function is included in the package:
3689 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
3690
3691 dcl-tab-always-indent
3692 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
3693 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
3694 margin.
3695
3696 dcl-electric-characters
3697 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
3698 typed.
3699
3700 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
3701 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
3702 which words trigger electric indentation.
3703
3704 dcl-tempo-comma
3705 dcl-tempo-left-paren
3706 dcl-tempo-right-paren
3707 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
3708
3709 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
3710 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
3711 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
3712 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
3713
3714 dcl-imenu-label-labels
3715 dcl-imenu-label-goto
3716 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
3717 dcl-imenu-label-call
3718 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
3719
3720 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
3721 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3722 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
3723 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3724
3725
3726 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
3727
3728 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
3729 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
3730 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
3731 $ i = 1
3732 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
3733 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
3734 $ label:
3735 $ if i.eq.1
3736 $ then
3737 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
3738 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
3739 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
3740 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
3741 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
3742 \"lined up with the command line\"
3743 $ type sys$input
3744 Data lines are not indented at all.
3745 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
3746 $ endif
3747 $
3748 " t nil)
3749
3750 ;;;***
3751 \f
3752 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
3753 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14547 29510))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
3755
3756 (setq debugger (quote debug))
3757
3758 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
3759 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
3760 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
3761 of the evaluator.
3762
3763 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
3764 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
3765 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
3766
3767 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3768 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
3769 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
3770 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
3771 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
3772 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
3773 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
3774
3775 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3776 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
3777 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
3778
3779 ;;;***
3780 \f
3781 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
3782 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
3783 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
3784
3785 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
3786 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
3787
3788 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
3789 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
3790 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
3791 Upper-case letters are commands.
3792
3793 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
3794 modify it.
3795
3796 The most useful commands are:
3797 \\<decipher-mode-map>
3798 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
3799 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
3800 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
3801 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
3802 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
3803
3804 ;;;***
3805 \f
3806 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
3807 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
3808 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
3809
3810 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
3811 Prettify all columns in a text region.
3812
3813 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
3814
3815 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
3816 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
3817
3818 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
3819
3820 ;;;***
3821 \f
3822 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
3823 ;;;;;; 12112))
3824 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
3825
3826 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
3827 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
3828 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
3829 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
3830 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
3831 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
3832
3833 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
3834
3835 Customization:
3836
3837 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
3838 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
3839 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
3840 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
3841 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
3842 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
3843 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
3844 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
3845 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3846 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
3847 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
3848 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
3849 blank line.
3850 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
3851 Directories to search when finding external units.
3852 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
3853 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
3854
3855 Coloring:
3856
3857 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
3858 Face used to color delphi comments.
3859 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
3860 Face used to color delphi strings.
3861 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
3862 Face used to color delphi keywords.
3863 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
3864 Face used to color everything else.
3865
3866 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
3867 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
3868
3869 ;;;***
3870 \f
3871 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
3872 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14410 18534))
3873 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
3874
3875 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
3876
3877 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
3878 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3879 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
3880 positive.
3881
3882 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
3883 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
3884 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
3885 any selection." t nil)
3886
3887 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
3888 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3889 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
3890 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3891 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
3892
3893 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3894
3895 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
3896
3897 ;;;***
3898 \f
3899 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el"
3900 ;;;;;; (14552 48685))
3901 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
3902
3903 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
3904 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
3905 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
3906 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
3907 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
3908
3909 ;;;***
3910 \f
3911 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
3912 ;;;;;; (14495 17963))
3913 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
3914
3915 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
3916 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
3917 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
3918
3919 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
3920 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
3921 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
3922 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
3923
3924 ;;;***
3925 \f
3926 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
3927 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
3928 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
3929 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
3930 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
3931 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
3932 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util"
3933 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (14423 51006))
3934 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
3935
3936 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\
3937 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil)
3938
3939 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3940 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
3941 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
3942
3943 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
3944 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
3945 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
3946
3947 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
3948 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
3949 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3950 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3951
3952 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
3953 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
3954 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3955 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3956
3957 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
3958 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
3959
3960 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3961 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
3962 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
3963
3964 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
3965 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
3966
3967 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3968
3969 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3970
3971 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3972
3973 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
3974 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
3975
3976 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3977
3978 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
3979 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
3980
3981 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3982
3983 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3984
3985 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3986
3987 ;;;***
3988 \f
3989 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
3990 ;;;;;; (14523 49787))
3991 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
3992
3993 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
3994 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
3995 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
3996 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
3997 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
3998
3999 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4000 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4001 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4002
4003 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4004 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4005 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4006 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4007
4008 #!/bin/sh
4009 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4010 emacs -batch \\
4011 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4012 european-calendar-style t \\
4013 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4014 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4015 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4016
4017 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4018 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4019 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4020 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4021
4022 ;;;***
4023 \f
4024 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4025 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
4026 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4027
4028 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4029 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4030
4031 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4032 *The command to use to run diff.")
4033
4034 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4035 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4036 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4037 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4038 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4039
4040 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4041 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4042 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4043 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4044 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4045
4046 ;;;***
4047 \f
4048 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4049 ;;;;;; (14552 48685))
4050 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4051
4052 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4053 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4054 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4055 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4056 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4057 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4058
4059 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4060 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4061 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4062
4063 ;;;***
4064 \f
4065 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4066 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4067 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4068 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4069 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14522 27392))
4070 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4071
4072 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4073 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4074 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4075 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4076 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4077
4078 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4079 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4080
4081 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4082 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4083 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4084 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4085 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4086
4087 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4088 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4089
4090 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4091 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4092 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4093 always set this variable to t.")
4094
4095 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4096 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4097 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4098 A value of t means move to first file.")
4099
4100 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4101 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4102 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4103 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4104 are afterward marked with that character.")
4105
4106 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4107 *Controls marking of copied files.
4108 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4109 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4110
4111 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4112 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4113 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4114 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4115
4116 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4117 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4118 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4119 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4120
4121 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4122 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4123 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4124 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4125
4126 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4127
4128 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4129 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4130 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4131 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4132
4133 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4134 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4135 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4136 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4137 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4138 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4139 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4140 list of files to make directory entries for.
4141 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4142 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4143 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4144 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4145
4146 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4147 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4148
4149 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4150 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4151 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4152
4153 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4154 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4155
4156 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4157 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4158
4159 ;;;***
4160 \f
4161 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all
4162 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir
4163 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir
4164 ;;;;;; dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase
4165 ;;;;;; dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4166 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4167 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4168 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4169 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4170 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4171 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4172 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4173 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14506 36592))
4174 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4175
4176 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4177 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4178 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4179 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4180 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4181 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4182
4183 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4184 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4185 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4186 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4187 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4188 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4189
4190 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4191 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4192 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4193
4194 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4195 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4196
4197 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4198 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4199
4200 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4201 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4202 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4203 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4204
4205 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4206 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4207 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4208 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4209 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4210
4211 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4212
4213 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4214 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4215 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4216
4217 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4218 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4219 instead of att the end of the command.
4220
4221 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4222 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4223 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4224
4225 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4226 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4227
4228 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4229 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4230
4231 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4232 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4233 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4234 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4235 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4236 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4237
4238 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4239
4240 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4241 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4242
4243 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4244 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4245
4246 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4247 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4248
4249 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4250 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4251 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4252 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4253
4254 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4255
4256 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4257
4258 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4259
4260 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4261
4262 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4263
4264 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4265 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4266
4267 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4268 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4269 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4270 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4271 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4272 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4273 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4274
4275 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4276 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4277 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4278 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4279 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4280 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4281
4282 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4283 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4284 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4285 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4286 and new hard links are made in that directory
4287 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4288
4289 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4290 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4291 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4292 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4293
4294 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4295 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4296 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4297 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4298 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4299 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4300
4301 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4302 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4303
4304 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4305 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4306 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4307
4308 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4309 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4310 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4311
4312 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4313 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4314 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4315
4316 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4317 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4318
4319 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4320 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4321
4322 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4323 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4324 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4325 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4326 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4327 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4328 this subdirectory.
4329 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4330
4331 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4332 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4333 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4334 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4335 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4336 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4337 this subdirectory.
4338 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4339
4340 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4341 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4342 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4343
4344 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4345 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4346 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4347 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4348
4349 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4350 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4351 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4352 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4353
4354 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4355 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4356 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4357
4358 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4359 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4360
4361 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4362 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4363
4364 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4365 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4366 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4367 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4368
4369 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4370 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4371 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4372 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4373
4374 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4375 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4376 Stops when a match is found.
4377 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4378
4379 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\
4380 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4381 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4382 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4383 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4384
4385 ;;;***
4386 \f
4387 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402))
4388 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4389
4390 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4391 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4392 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4393 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4394 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4395 buffer and try again." t nil)
4396
4397 ;;;***
4398 \f
4399 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
4400 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4401
4402 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4403 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4404 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4405
4406 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4407
4408 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4409 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4410
4411 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4412 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
4413 " nil nil)
4414
4415 ;;;***
4416 \f
4417 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
4418 ;;;;;; 9615))
4419 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
4420
4421 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
4422 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
4423 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
4424 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
4425 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
4426 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
4427
4428 ;;;***
4429 \f
4430 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
4431 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
4432 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
4433 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
4434 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14353 44070))
4435 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
4436
4437 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4438 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
4439
4440 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4441 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
4442 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
4443 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4444 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4445
4446 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4447 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
4448 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
4449 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4450 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4451
4452 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4453 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
4454
4455 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4456 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
4457
4458 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
4459 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
4460
4461 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
4462 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
4463
4464 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
4465 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
4466
4467 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
4468 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
4469 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
4470 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
4471
4472 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
4473 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
4474 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
4475 X frame." nil nil)
4476
4477 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
4478 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
4479
4480 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
4481
4482 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
4483 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
4484
4485 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
4486 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
4487 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
4488 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
4489
4490 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
4491 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
4492 European character display.
4493
4494 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
4495 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
4496 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
4497 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
4498
4499 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
4500 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
4501 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
4502 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
4503 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
4504
4505 ;;;***
4506 \f
4507 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
4508 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
4509 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
4510
4511 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
4512 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
4513 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
4514 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
4515 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
4516 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
4517 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
4518 Default is 2." t nil)
4519
4520 ;;;***
4521 \f
4522 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
4523 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
4524
4525 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
4526 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
4527
4528 ;;;***
4529 \f
4530 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
4531 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
4532 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
4533
4534 (defvar double-mode nil "\
4535 Toggle Double mode.
4536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4537 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
4538
4539 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4540
4541 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
4542
4543 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
4544 Toggle Double mode.
4545 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
4546
4547 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
4548 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
4549
4550 ;;;***
4551 \f
4552 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
4553 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
4554
4555 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
4556 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
4557
4558 ;;;***
4559 \f
4560 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
4561 ;;;;;; (14030 48685))
4562 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
4563
4564 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
4565 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
4566
4567 ;;;***
4568 \f
4569 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap
4570 ;;;;;; define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el"
4571 ;;;;;; (14552 48943))
4572 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
4573
4574 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
4575
4576 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4577 Define a new minor mode MODE.
4578 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap,
4579 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle').
4580
4581 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
4582 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
4583 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on.
4584 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
4585 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
4586 in order to build a valid keymap.
4587 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
4588 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks." nil (quote macro))
4589
4590 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4591
4592 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4593
4594 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4595 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4596
4597 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4598
4599 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4600 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4601 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4602 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4603 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4604 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4605 hooks for the new mode.
4606
4607 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4608
4609 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4610
4611 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4612 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4613 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4614
4615 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4616 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4617
4618 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4619 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4620 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4621
4622 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4623 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4624
4625 ;;;***
4626 \f
4627 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
4628 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14385
4629 ;;;;;; 24854))
4630 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
4631
4632 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
4633 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
4634 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
4635 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
4636
4637 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
4638 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
4639
4640 :filter FUNCTION
4641
4642 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
4643 menu displayed.
4644
4645 :visible INCLUDE
4646
4647 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
4648 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
4649
4650 :active ENABLE
4651
4652 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
4653 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4654
4655 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
4656
4657 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
4658
4659 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
4660
4661 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
4662 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
4663
4664 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4665 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4666
4667 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
4668
4669 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
4670
4671 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
4672
4673 :keys KEYS
4674
4675 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
4676 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
4677 computed automatically.
4678 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
4679
4680 :key-sequence KEYS
4681
4682 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
4683 menu item.
4684 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
4685 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
4686 keyboard equivalent.
4687
4688 :active ENABLE
4689
4690 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4691 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4692
4693 :included INCLUDE
4694
4695 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
4696 expression has a non-nil value.
4697
4698 :suffix NAME
4699
4700 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
4701
4702 :style STYLE
4703
4704 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
4705 defined:
4706
4707 toggle: A checkbox.
4708 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
4709 radio: A radio button.
4710 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
4711 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
4712 menu bar itself.
4713 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
4714
4715 :selected SELECTED
4716
4717 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
4718 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4719
4720 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
4721 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
4722 as a solid horizontal line.
4723
4724 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
4725
4726 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
4727
4728 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
4729 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
4730 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
4731 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4732
4733 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
4734 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
4735 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
4736 should contain a submenu named NAME.
4737 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
4738 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
4739
4740 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
4741 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
4742 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
4743
4744 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
4745 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
4746
4747 ;;;***
4748 \f
4749 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
4750 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
4751 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
4752 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
4753 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14485 59667))
4754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
4755
4756 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
4757 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
4758
4759 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4760 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4761
4762 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
4763 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
4764 it to the printer.
4765
4766 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
4767 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
4768 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
4769 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
4770
4771 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4772 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
4773 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
4774
4775 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4776 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4777 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
4778 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
4779
4780 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4781
4782 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4783 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
4784 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
4785
4786 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4787
4788 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4789 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
4790
4791 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4792 The EPS file name has the following form:
4793
4794 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4795
4796 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4797 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4798
4799 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4800 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4801 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4802 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4803
4804 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4805
4806 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4807 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
4808
4809 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4810 The EPS file name has the following form:
4811
4812 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4813
4814 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4815 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4816
4817 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4818 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4819 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4820 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4821
4822 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4823
4824 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
4825
4826 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4827 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
4828
4829 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4830 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
4831
4832 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
4833 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
4834
4835 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4836 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
4837
4838 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4839 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
4840
4841 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4842 Set STYLE to current style.
4843
4844 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4845
4846 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4847 Reset current style.
4848
4849 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4850
4851 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4852 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
4853
4854 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4855
4856 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4857 Pop a style and set it to current style.
4858
4859 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4860
4861 ;;;***
4862 \f
4863 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
4864 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
4865 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
4866
4867 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
4868 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
4869 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
4870 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
4871
4872 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
4873 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
4874 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
4875
4876 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
4877 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
4878 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
4879
4880 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
4881
4882 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
4883
4884 ;;;***
4885 \f
4886 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
4887 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
4888 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
4889
4890 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
4891 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
4892 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
4893
4894 ;;;***
4895 \f
4896 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
4897 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14482 54435))
4898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
4899
4900 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
4901 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
4902 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
4903 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
4904 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
4905
4906 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
4907 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
4908 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
4909 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
4910
4911 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
4912 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
4913 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
4914 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
4915
4916 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
4917 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
4918 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
4919 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
4920
4921 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
4922
4923 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
4924 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
4925 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
4926 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
4927 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
4928
4929 ;;;***
4930 \f
4931 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
4932 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
4933 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
4934 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
4935 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
4936 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
4937 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
4938 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
4939 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
4940 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
4941 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
4942
4943 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
4944 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
4945
4946 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
4947 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
4948
4949 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
4950
4951 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
4952
4953 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
4954 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
4955
4956 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
4957
4958 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
4959 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
4960
4961 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
4962
4963 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
4964 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
4965 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
4966 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4967
4968 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
4969
4970 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
4971 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
4972 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4973 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4974
4975 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
4976
4977 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
4978 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
4979 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
4980 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4981
4982 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
4983
4984 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
4985 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
4986 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
4987 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4988
4989 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
4990
4991 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4992 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
4993 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
4994 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
4995 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
4996 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4997
4998 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
4999 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5000 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5001 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5002
5003 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5004
5005 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5006 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5007 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5008 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5009
5010 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5011
5012 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5013
5014 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5015 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5016 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5017 follows:
5018 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5019 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5020
5021 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5022 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5023 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5024 follows:
5025 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5026 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5027
5028 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5029 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5030 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5031 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5032 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5033
5034 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5035 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5036 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5037 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5038 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5039 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5040
5041 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5042
5043 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5044 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5045
5046 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5047 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5048
5049 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5050
5051 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5052 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5053
5054 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5055 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5056
5057 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5058 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5059 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5060 buffer." t nil)
5061
5062 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5063 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5064 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5065 buffer." t nil)
5066
5067 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5068 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5069 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5070 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5071
5072 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5073 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5074 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5075 and don't ask the user.
5076 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5077 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5078
5079 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5080 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
5081
5082 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5083
5084 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5085
5086 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5087 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5088 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5089 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5090
5091 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5092
5093 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5094 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5095 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5096
5097 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5098 Display Ediff's manual.
5099 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5100
5101 ;;;***
5102 \f
5103 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5104 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
5105 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5106
5107 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5108
5109 ;;;***
5110 \f
5111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
5112 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5113
5114 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5115
5116 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
5117
5118 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5119
5120 ;;;***
5121 \f
5122 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5123 ;;;;;; (14398 37488))
5124 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5125
5126 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5127 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5128
5129 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5130
5131 ;;;***
5132 \f
5133 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5134 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
5135 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5136
5137 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5138 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5139 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5140 which see." t nil)
5141
5142 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5143 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5144 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5145 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5146
5147 ;;;***
5148 \f
5149 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5150 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5151 ;;;;;; (13957 59893))
5152 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5153 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5154
5155 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5156 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5157 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5158
5159 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5160 Edit a keyboard macro.
5161 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5162 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5163 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5164 its command name.
5165 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5166
5167 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5168 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5169
5170 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5171 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5172
5173 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5174 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5175 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5176 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5177 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5178 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5179
5180 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5181 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5182 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5183 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5184
5185 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5186 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5187 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5188 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5189 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5190 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5191
5192 ;;;***
5193 \f
5194 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
5195 ;;;;;; 33724))
5196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5197
5198 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5199 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5200
5201 ;;;***
5202 \f
5203 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5204 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
5205 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5206
5207 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5208 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5209 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5210 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5211 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5212 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5213 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5214 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5215
5216 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5217 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5218
5219 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5220 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5221 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5222 this value is non-nil.
5223
5224 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5225 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
5226 things.
5227
5228 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5229 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5230 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5231
5232 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5233
5234 ;;;***
5235 \f
5236 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
5237 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 39947))
5238 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5239
5240 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5241 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5242
5243 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5244 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5245 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5246 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5247 from the documentation string if possible.
5248
5249 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5250 instead.
5251
5252 This variable is buffer-local.")
5253
5254 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5255 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5256 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5257
5258 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5259 of the mode.
5260 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5261 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5262
5263 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5264 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5265
5266 ;;;***
5267 \f
5268 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
5269 ;;;;;; 17971))
5270 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5271
5272 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5273 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5274
5275 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5276 an elided material again.
5277
5278 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5279
5280 ;;;***
5281 \f
5282 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5283 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5285
5286 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5287 Initialize elint." t nil)
5288
5289 ;;;***
5290 \f
5291 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package
5292 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function)
5293 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553))
5294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5295
5296 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5297 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5298 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5299
5300 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
5301 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
5302 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5303
5304 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5305 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5306 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5307
5308 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5309 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5310 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5311
5312 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5313
5314 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5315 Display current profiling results.
5316 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5317 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5318 displayed." t nil)
5319
5320 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\
5321 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
5322
5323 ;;;***
5324 \f
5325 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5326 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
5327 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5328
5329 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5330 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5331 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5332
5333 ;;;***
5334 \f
5335 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
5336 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
5337 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
5338 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
5339 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903))
5340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
5341
5342 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
5343
5344 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
5345
5346 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
5347
5348 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
5349
5350 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
5351
5352 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
5353
5354 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
5355
5356 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
5357
5358 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
5359
5360 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
5361 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
5362
5363 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5364 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
5365
5366 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
5367 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
5368
5369 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5370 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
5371
5372 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5373
5374 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5375
5376 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5377
5378 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5379
5380 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
5381 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
5382
5383 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5384 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
5385
5386 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
5387
5388 ;;;***
5389 \f
5390 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
5391 ;;;;;; (14516 181))
5392 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
5393
5394 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
5395 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
5396 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5397
5398 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
5399 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
5400 automatically.
5401
5402 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
5403 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
5404 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
5405
5406 ;;;***
5407 \f
5408 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
5409 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14539 53665))
5410 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
5411
5412 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
5413 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
5414 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
5415 text/enriched format.
5416 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
5417
5418 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
5419 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
5420
5421 Commands:
5422
5423 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
5424
5425 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5426
5427 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5428
5429 ;;;***
5430 \f
5431 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12516))
5432 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el
5433
5434 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\
5435 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
5436 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
5437 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
5438
5439 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
5440 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
5441 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
5442
5443 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
5444
5445 ;;;***
5446 \f
5447 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
5448 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
5449 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
5450 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
5451 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
5452 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14551
5453 ;;;;;; 24244))
5454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
5455
5456 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
5457 *File name of tags table.
5458 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
5459 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
5460 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5461 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
5462
5463 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
5464 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
5465 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
5466 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
5467
5468 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
5469 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
5470 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
5471 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
5472 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
5473 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5474
5475 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
5476 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
5477 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
5478 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
5479 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
5480
5481 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
5482 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
5483 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
5484 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
5485
5486 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
5487 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
5488 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
5489 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
5490 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
5491
5492 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
5493 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
5494 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
5495 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
5496
5497 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
5498 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
5499 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
5500 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
5501 file the tag was in." t nil)
5502
5503 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
5504 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
5505 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
5506 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
5507 without directory names." nil nil)
5508
5509 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
5510 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5511 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
5512 but does not select the buffer.
5513 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
5514
5515 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5516 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5517 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5518 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5519 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5520
5521 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5522
5523 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5524 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5525 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5526
5527 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5528
5529 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
5530 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5531 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
5532 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
5533
5534 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5535 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5536 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5537 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5538 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5539
5540 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5541
5542 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5543 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5544 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5545
5546 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5547 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
5548
5549 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
5550 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5551 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
5552 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5553 around or before point.
5554
5555 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5556 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5557 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5558 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5559 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5560
5561 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5562
5563 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5564 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5565 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5566
5567 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5568 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
5569
5570 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
5571 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5572 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
5573 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5574 around or before point.
5575
5576 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5577 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5578 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5579 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5580 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5581
5582 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5583
5584 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5585 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5586 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5587
5588 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5589 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
5590
5591 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
5592 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
5593 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
5594
5595 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5596 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5597 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5598 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5599 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5600
5601 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
5602
5603 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5604 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5605 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5606
5607 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5608 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
5609 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
5610
5611 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
5612 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
5613
5614 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
5615 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
5616 where they were found." t nil)
5617
5618 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
5619 Select next file among files in current tags table.
5620
5621 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
5622 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
5623 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
5624
5625 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
5626 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
5627
5628 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
5629 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
5630
5631 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
5632 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
5633 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
5634 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
5635
5636 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
5637 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
5638 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
5639 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
5640 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
5641 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
5642
5643 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
5644 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
5645 Stops when a match is found.
5646 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5647
5648 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5649
5650 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
5651 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
5652 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5653 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
5654 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5655
5656 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5657
5658 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
5659 Display list of tags in file FILE.
5660 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
5661 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
5662 directory specification." t nil)
5663
5664 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
5665 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
5666
5667 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
5668 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
5669 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
5670 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
5671
5672 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
5673 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
5674 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
5675 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
5676 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
5677
5678 ;;;***
5679 \f
5680 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
5681 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
5682 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
5683 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
5684 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
5685 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
5686 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal
5687 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
5688 ;;;;;; (14180 44101))
5689 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
5690
5691 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\
5692 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil)
5693
5694 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
5695
5696 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
5697 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
5698 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
5699 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5700
5701 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
5702 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5703 language.
5704
5705 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
5706 even if the buffer is read-only.
5707
5708 See also the descriptions of the variables
5709 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5710 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5711
5712 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5713 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
5714
5715 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5716 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5717
5718 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
5719 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5720 language.
5721
5722 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
5723 buffer is read-only.
5724
5725 See also the descriptions of the variables
5726 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5727 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5728
5729 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5730 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
5731 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5732
5733 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5734 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
5735
5736 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
5737 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
5738
5739 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
5740 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
5741
5742 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5743 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
5744 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
5745 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5746
5747 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
5748 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
5749 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5750 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5751
5752 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
5753 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
5754 the primary language.
5755
5756 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
5757 buffer is read-only.
5758
5759 See also the descriptions of the variables
5760 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5761 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5762
5763 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5764 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
5765 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5766 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5767
5768 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
5769 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
5770 primary language.
5771
5772 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
5773 buffer is read-only.
5774
5775 See also the descriptions of the variables
5776 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5777 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5778
5779 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5780 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
5781 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5782
5783 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5784 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
5785
5786 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
5787 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
5788 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
5789 3) convert the body into SERA.
5790
5791 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
5792
5793 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5794 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
5795 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5796
5797 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
5798 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
5799
5800 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
5801 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
5802
5803 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
5804 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
5805 be 1, 2, or 3.
5806
5807 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
5808 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
5809 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
5810
5811 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
5812
5813 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
5814 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
5815
5816 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5817 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
5818 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
5819
5820 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5821 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
5822
5823 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5824 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
5825
5826 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
5827 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
5828
5829 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
5830 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
5831
5832 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5833 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
5834
5835 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
5836 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
5837
5838 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
5839 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
5840
5841 ;;;***
5842 \f
5843 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
5844 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
5845 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
5846 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
5847
5848 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
5849 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
5850 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
5851 server for future sessions." t nil)
5852
5853 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
5854 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5855
5856 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
5857 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5858
5859 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
5860 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
5861 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
5862 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
5863 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
5864 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
5865 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
5866 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
5867 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
5868 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
5869 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
5870 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
5871
5872 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
5873 Display a form to query the directory server.
5874 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
5875 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
5876
5877 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
5878 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
5879 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
5880
5881 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
5882
5883 ;;;***
5884 \f
5885 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
5886 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
5887 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599))
5888 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
5889
5890 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
5891 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
5892
5893 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
5894 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
5895
5896 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
5897 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
5898
5899 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
5900 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
5901
5902 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
5903 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
5904
5905 ;;;***
5906 \f
5907 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
5908 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
5909 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
5910
5911 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
5912 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
5913 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
5914
5915 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
5916 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
5917
5918 ;;;***
5919 \f
5920 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
5921 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
5922 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
5923
5924 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
5925 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
5926
5927 ;;;***
5928 \f
5929 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
5930 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734))
5931 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
5932
5933 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
5934 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
5935 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
5936 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
5937 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
5938 executable." t nil)
5939
5940 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
5941 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
5942 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
5943
5944 ;;;***
5945 \f
5946 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
5947 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506))
5948 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
5949
5950 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
5951 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
5952 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
5953 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
5954
5955 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
5956
5957 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
5958 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
5959 to generate such functions.
5960
5961 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
5962 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
5963 beginning of the expanded text.
5964
5965 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
5966 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
5967 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
5968 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
5969
5970 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
5971
5972 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
5973 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
5974 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
5975
5976 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
5977 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
5978 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
5979 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
5980 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
5981
5982 ;;;***
5983 \f
5984 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14546 35423))
5985 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
5986
5987 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
5988 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
5989
5990 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
5991 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
5992 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
5993
5994 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
5995
5996 Key definitions:
5997 \\{f90-mode-map}
5998
5999 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6000
6001 f90-do-indent
6002 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6003 f90-if-indent
6004 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6005 f90-type-indent
6006 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6007 f90-program-indent
6008 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6009 (default 2)
6010 f90-continuation-indent
6011 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6012 f90-comment-region
6013 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6014 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6015 f90-indented-comment-re
6016 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6017 (default \"!\")
6018 f90-directive-comment-re
6019 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6020 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6021 f90-break-delimiters
6022 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6023 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6024 f90-break-before-delimiters
6025 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6026 (default t)
6027 f90-beginning-ampersand
6028 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6029 f90-smart-end
6030 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6031 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6032 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6033 f90-auto-keyword-case
6034 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6035 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6036 f90-leave-line-no
6037 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6038 f90-startup-message
6039 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6040 f90-keywords-re
6041 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6042
6043 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6044 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6045
6046 ;;;***
6047 \f
6048 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6049 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6050 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6051 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6052 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14539 53665))
6053 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6054 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6055 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6056
6057 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6058 Menu keymap for faces.")
6059
6060 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6061
6062 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6063 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6064
6065 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6066
6067 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6068 Menu keymap for background colors")
6069
6070 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6071
6072 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6073 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6074
6075 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6076
6077 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6078 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6079
6080 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6081
6082 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6083 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6084
6085 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6086
6087 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6088 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6089
6090 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6091
6092 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6093
6094 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6095
6096 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6097
6098 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6099 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6100 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6101 will not show through at all will be removed.
6102
6103 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6104
6105 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6106 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6107
6108 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6109 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6110 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6111
6112 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6113 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
6114 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6115 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6116 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6117 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6118 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6119 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6120
6121 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6122 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
6123 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6124 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6125 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6126 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6127 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6128 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6129
6130 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6131 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
6132 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6133 is the menu item's name.
6134
6135 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6136 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6137
6138 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6139 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6140 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6141
6142 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6143 Make the region invisible.
6144 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6145 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6146
6147 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6148 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6149 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6150 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6151
6152 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6153 Make the region unmodifiable.
6154 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6155 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6156
6157 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6158 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6159
6160 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6161 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6162
6163 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6164 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6165 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6166
6167 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6168 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6169
6170 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6171 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6172
6173 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6174 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6175 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6176 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6177 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6178
6179 ;;;***
6180 \f
6181 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6182 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6183 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6184
6185 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6186 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6187 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6188 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6189
6190 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6191
6192 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6193 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6194 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6195
6196 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6197 - When you save the file's buffer.
6198 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6199 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6200 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6201 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6202
6203 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6204
6205 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6206 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6207 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6208 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6209
6210 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6211 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6212
6213 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6214
6215 ;;;***
6216 \f
6217 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6218 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
6219 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092))
6220 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6221
6222 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6223 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6224
6225 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6226 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6227 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6228 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6229
6230 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6231 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6232 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6233 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6234 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6235
6236 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6237 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6238 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6239 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6240 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6241 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6242 internally by feedmail):
6243
6244 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6245 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6246 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6247 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6248
6249 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6250 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6251 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6252 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6253 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6254
6255 ;;;***
6256 \f
6257 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
6258 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14412 8705))
6259 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6260
6261 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6262 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6263 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6264 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6265 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6266 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6267 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6268
6269 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6270 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6271 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6272 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6273 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6274 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6275 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6276
6277 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6278 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6279
6280 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6281 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6282 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6283 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6284 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6285 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6286
6287 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6288 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6289 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
6290 Return value:
6291 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
6292 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
6293 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
6294
6295 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
6296 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
6297
6298 ;;;***
6299 \f
6300 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
6301 ;;;;;; (14332 47695))
6302 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
6303
6304 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
6305 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
6306 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
6307 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
6308 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
6309 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
6310 \(directories) is done." t nil)
6311 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6312 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6313 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6314
6315 ;;;***
6316 \f
6317 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
6318 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903))
6319 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
6320
6321 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
6322 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
6323 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
6324 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
6325 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
6326
6327 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
6328 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
6329 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
6330 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
6331
6332 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
6333 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
6334 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6335
6336 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
6337
6338 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
6339 as the final argument." t nil)
6340
6341 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
6342 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
6343 and run dired on those files.
6344 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
6345 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6346
6347 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
6348
6349 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
6350 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
6351 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6352
6353 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
6354
6355 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
6356
6357 ;;;***
6358 \f
6359 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
6360 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
6361 ;;;;;; (13670 3046))
6362 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
6363
6364 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
6365 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6366 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
6367
6368 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
6369
6370 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6371 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6372 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
6373
6374 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
6375 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
6376
6377 Variables of interest include:
6378
6379 - ff-case-fold-search
6380 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
6381 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
6382
6383 - ff-always-in-other-window
6384 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
6385 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
6386
6387 - ff-ignore-include
6388 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
6389
6390 - ff-always-try-to-create
6391 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
6392
6393 - ff-quiet-mode
6394 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
6395
6396 - ff-special-constructs
6397 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
6398 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
6399 extracting the filename from that construct.
6400
6401 - ff-other-file-alist
6402 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
6403
6404 - ff-search-directories
6405 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
6406 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
6407
6408 - ff-pre-find-hooks
6409 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
6410
6411 - ff-pre-load-hooks
6412 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
6413
6414 - ff-post-load-hooks
6415 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
6416
6417 - ff-not-found-hooks
6418 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
6419
6420 - ff-file-created-hooks
6421 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
6422
6423 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6424 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6425
6426 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
6427 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6428
6429 ;;;***
6430 \f
6431 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
6432 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
6433 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
6434 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
6435 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
6436 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
6437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
6438
6439 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
6440 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
6441
6442 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
6443 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6444 not selected.
6445
6446 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
6447 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
6448 in `load-path'." nil nil)
6449
6450 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
6451 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
6452
6453 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
6454 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
6455 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6456 it is one of the current buffers.
6457
6458 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
6459 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6460 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6461
6462 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
6463 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6464
6465 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6466
6467 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6468 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6469
6470 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6471
6472 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
6473 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
6474
6475 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
6476 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6477 not selected.
6478
6479 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6480 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
6481
6482 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
6483 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
6484
6485 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
6486 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
6487 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6488 it is one of the current buffers.
6489
6490 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6491 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6492 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6493
6494 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
6495 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6496
6497 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6498
6499 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6500 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6501
6502 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6503
6504 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
6505 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
6506 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
6507
6508 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
6509 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6510
6511 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
6512 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6513
6514 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
6515 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
6516
6517 ;;;***
6518 \f
6519 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
6520 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
6521 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
6522
6523 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
6524 Toggle flow control handling.
6525 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
6526 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
6527
6528 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
6529 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
6530 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
6531 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
6532 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
6533 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
6534
6535 ;;;***
6536 \f
6537 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
6538 ;;;;;; (14512 26322))
6539 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
6540
6541 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
6542 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
6543 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
6544 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
6545 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
6546 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
6547
6548 Bindings:
6549 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
6550 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
6551 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
6552
6553 Hooks:
6554 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
6555
6556 Remark:
6557 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
6558 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
6559 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
6560
6561 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
6562 consider adding:
6563 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
6564 in your .emacs file.
6565
6566 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
6567
6568 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
6569
6570 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
6571 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
6572
6573 ;;;***
6574 \f
6575 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
6576 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
6577 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
6578 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
6579
6580 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6581 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6582
6583 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6584 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6585
6586 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
6587 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
6588
6589 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
6590 of two major techniques:
6591
6592 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
6593 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
6594 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
6595
6596 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
6597 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
6598 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
6599 movement commands.
6600
6601 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
6602 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
6603 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
6604 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
6605 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
6606 mileage may vary).
6607
6608 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
6609 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
6610
6611 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
6612
6613 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
6614 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
6615 \(This is the default.)
6616
6617 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
6618 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
6619
6620 Keys specific to Follow mode:
6621 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
6622
6623 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
6624 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
6625
6626 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
6627 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
6628 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
6629 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
6630 two windows always will display two successive pages.
6631 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
6632
6633 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
6634 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
6635 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
6636
6637 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
6638 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
6639 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
6640
6641 ;;;***
6642 \f
6643 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
6644 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
6645 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
6646 ;;;;;; (14546 54851))
6647 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
6648
6649 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
6650 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
6651
6652 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6653 Toggle Font Lock mode.
6654 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6655
6656 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
6657
6658 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
6659 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
6660 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
6661 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6662
6663 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
6664 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6665
6666 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
6667
6668 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
6669 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
6670 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6671
6672 (global-font-lock-mode t)
6673
6674 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
6675 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
6676 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
6677 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
6678 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
6679 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
6680
6681 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
6682 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
6683
6684 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
6685 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
6686
6687 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
6688 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
6689 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
6690
6691 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
6692 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
6693
6694 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
6695 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
6696 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
6697
6698 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
6699 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
6700 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
6701
6702 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
6703 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
6704 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
6705
6706 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6707 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6708 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6709 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
6710 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6711 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
6712 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
6713 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
6714 end of the current highlighting list.
6715
6716 For example:
6717
6718 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
6719 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
6720 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
6721
6722 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
6723 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
6724
6725 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
6726 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
6727 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
6728
6729 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6730 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6731
6732 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6733 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
6734
6735 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6736 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6737 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6738 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
6739 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
6740
6741 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6742 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
6743
6744 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
6745 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6746 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6747 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
6748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6749 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
6750
6751 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6752
6753 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
6754
6755 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
6756 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
6757
6758 ;;;***
6759 \f
6760 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
6761 ;;;;;; (14551 28678))
6762 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
6763
6764 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
6765 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
6766 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
6767 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
6768 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
6769
6770 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
6771 compatibility.
6772
6773 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
6774 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
6775
6776 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
6777
6778 ;;;***
6779 \f
6780 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
6781 ;;;;;; 9680))
6782 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
6783
6784 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
6785 Toggle footnote minor mode.
6786 \\<message-mode-map>
6787 key binding
6788 --- -------
6789
6790 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
6791 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
6792 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
6793 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
6794 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
6795 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
6796 " t nil)
6797
6798 ;;;***
6799 \f
6800 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
6801 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
6802 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
6803
6804 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
6805 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
6806
6807 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
6808 TAB forms-next-field TAB
6809 C-c TAB forms-next-field
6810 C-c < forms-first-record <
6811 C-c > forms-last-record >
6812 C-c ? describe-mode ?
6813 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
6814 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
6815 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
6816 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
6817 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
6818 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
6819 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
6820 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
6821 C-c C-x forms-exit x
6822 " t nil)
6823
6824 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
6825 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
6826
6827 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
6828 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
6829
6830 ;;;***
6831 \f
6832 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
6833 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14537 23071))
6834 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
6835
6836 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
6837 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
6838 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
6839 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
6840 with a character in column 6.")
6841
6842 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
6843 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
6844 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
6845 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
6846
6847 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
6848 Fortran keywords.
6849
6850 Key definitions:
6851 \\{fortran-mode-map}
6852
6853 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6854
6855 `comment-start'
6856 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
6857 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
6858 `fortran-do-indent'
6859 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6860 `fortran-if-indent'
6861 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
6862 `fortran-structure-indent'
6863 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
6864 (default 3)
6865 `fortran-continuation-indent'
6866 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
6867 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
6868 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
6869 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
6870 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
6871 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
6872 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
6873 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6874 (for TAB format continuation style).
6875 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
6876 indentation for a line of code.
6877 (default 'fixed)
6878 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
6879 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
6880 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
6881 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
6882 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
6883 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6884 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
6885 `fortran-line-number-indent'
6886 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
6887 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
6888 column 5. (default 1)
6889 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
6890 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
6891 statements. (default nil)
6892 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
6893 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
6894 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
6895 statement. (default nil)
6896 `fortran-continuation-string'
6897 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
6898 line. (default \"$\")
6899 `fortran-comment-region'
6900 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
6901 region. (default \"c$$$\")
6902 `fortran-electric-line-number'
6903 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
6904 as typed. (default t)
6905 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
6906 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
6907 (default t)
6908
6909 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
6910 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6911
6912 ;;;***
6913 \f
6914 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
6915 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
6916 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
6917
6918 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
6919 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
6920
6921 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
6922 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
6923
6924 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
6925 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
6926 function.
6927
6928 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
6929 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
6930 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
6931 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
6932 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
6933 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
6934
6935 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
6936 Each keyword should be a string.
6937
6938 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
6939 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
6940
6941 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
6942 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
6943 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
6944
6945 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
6946
6947 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
6948
6949 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
6950 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
6951 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
6952 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
6953
6954 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
6955 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
6956
6957 ;;;***
6958 \f
6959 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
6960 ;;;;;; (14480 59906))
6961 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
6962
6963 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
6964 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
6965 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
6966 at places they belong to." t nil)
6967
6968 ;;;***
6969 \f
6970 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
6971 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411))
6972 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
6973
6974 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
6975 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
6976
6977 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
6978 Read network news.
6979 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
6980 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
6981 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
6982 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
6983 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
6984
6985 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
6986 Read news as a slave." t nil)
6987
6988 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
6989 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
6990
6991 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
6992 Read network news.
6993 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
6994 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
6995 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
6996
6997 ;;;***
6998 \f
6999 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7000 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7001 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
7002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7003
7004 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7005 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7006
7007 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7008 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7009
7010 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7011 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7012 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7013 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7014
7015 \(gnus-agentize)
7016
7017 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7018 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7019 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7020
7021 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7022 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7023
7024 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7025
7026 ;;;***
7027 \f
7028 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7029 ;;;;;; (14030 49288))
7030 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7031
7032 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7033 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
7034
7035 ;;;***
7036 \f
7037 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7038 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
7039 ;;;;;; 49293))
7040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7041
7042 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7043 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7044
7045 Usage:
7046 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7047
7048 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7049 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7050
7051 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7052 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7053
7054 ;;;***
7055 \f
7056 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7057 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
7058 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7059
7060 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7061 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7062 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7063
7064 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7065 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7066
7067 ;;;***
7068 \f
7069 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7070 ;;;;;; (14030 49328))
7071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7072
7073 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7074
7075 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7076 Run batched scoring.
7077 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7078
7079 ;;;***
7080 \f
7081 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7082 ;;;;;; (14030 49334))
7083 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7084
7085 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7086 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7087 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7088
7089 ;;;***
7090 \f
7091 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
7092 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
7093 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7094
7095 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7096 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7097 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7098 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
7099 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
7100
7101 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
7102 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
7103
7104 ;;;***
7105 \f
7106 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7107 ;;;;;; (14030 49357))
7108 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7109
7110 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7111 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7112 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7113 for matching on group names.
7114
7115 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7116 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7117
7118 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7119
7120 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7121
7122 ;;;***
7123 \f
7124 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7125 ;;;;;; (14030 49359))
7126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7127
7128 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7129 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
7130
7131 ;;;***
7132 \f
7133 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
7134 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
7135 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
7136
7137 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
7138 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
7139
7140 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
7141 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
7142
7143 ;;;***
7144 \f
7145 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
7146 ;;;;;; (14030 49407))
7147 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
7148
7149 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
7150 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
7151
7152 ;;;***
7153 \f
7154 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566))
7155 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
7156
7157 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
7158 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
7159 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
7160 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
7161 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
7162
7163 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
7164 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
7165 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
7166
7167 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
7168 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
7169 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
7170
7171 ;;;***
7172 \f
7173 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
7174 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14385 24830))
7175 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
7176
7177 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
7178 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
7179 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
7180 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7181 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
7182
7183 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
7184 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
7185 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
7186 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7187 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
7188
7189 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
7190 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
7191 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
7192 or to send e-mail.
7193 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
7194
7195 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
7196 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
7197
7198 ;;;***
7199 \f
7200 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
7201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
7202
7203 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
7204 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
7205 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
7206 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
7207 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
7208
7209 ;;;***
7210 \f
7211 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
7212 ;;;;;; (14517 9487))
7213 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
7214
7215 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
7216 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7217 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7218 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7219
7220 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
7221 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7222 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7223 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7224
7225 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
7226 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7227 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7228 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7229
7230 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
7231 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7232 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7233 and source-file directory for your debugger.
7234
7235 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
7236 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
7237
7238 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
7239 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7240 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7241 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7242
7243 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
7244 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
7245 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7246 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
7249 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
7250 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
7251 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
7252 between it and it's value." t nil)
7253 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
7254
7255 ;;;***
7256 \f
7257 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033
7258 ;;;;;; 23942))
7259 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
7260
7261 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
7262 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
7263 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
7264 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
7265
7266 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
7267 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
7268 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
7269 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
7270
7271 ;;;***
7272 \f
7273 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
7274 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
7275 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
7276
7277 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
7278 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
7279
7280 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
7281 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
7282 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
7283 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
7284
7285 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
7286
7287 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
7288 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
7289 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
7290 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
7291 to be updated." t nil)
7292
7293 ;;;***
7294 \f
7295 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
7296 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
7297 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
7298
7299 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
7300 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
7301 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
7302 and window listing and describing the options.
7303 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
7304 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
7305
7306 ;;;***
7307 \f
7308 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
7309 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602))
7310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
7311
7312 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
7313 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
7314
7315 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
7316 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
7317
7318 ;;;***
7319 \f
7320 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
7321 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14335 43064))
7322 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
7323
7324 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
7325 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
7326 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
7327 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
7328 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
7329
7330 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
7331 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
7332
7333 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
7334 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
7335 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
7336 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
7337
7338 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
7339 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
7340 periods.
7341
7342 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
7343 in hexl format.
7344
7345 A sample format:
7346
7347 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
7348 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
7349 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
7350 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
7351 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
7352 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
7353 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
7354 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
7355 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
7356 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
7357 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
7358 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
7359 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
7360 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
7361 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
7362
7363 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
7364 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
7365 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
7366
7367 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
7368 also supported.
7369
7370 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
7371
7372 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
7373 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
7374 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
7375
7376 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
7377 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
7378 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
7379
7380 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
7381 into the buffer at the current point.
7382
7383 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
7384 into the buffer at the current point.
7385
7386 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
7387 into the buffer at the current point.
7388
7389 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
7390
7391 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
7392 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
7393
7394 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
7395
7396 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
7397
7398 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
7399 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
7400 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
7401
7402 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
7403 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
7404 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
7405
7406 ;;;***
7407 \f
7408 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
7409 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 886))
7410 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
7411
7412 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
7413 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
7414
7415 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
7416 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
7417 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7418 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
7419 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
7420 how the hiding is done:
7421
7422 hide-ifdef-env
7423 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
7424 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
7425 is used.
7426
7427 hide-ifdef-define-alist
7428 An association list of defined symbol lists.
7429 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7430 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7431 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
7432
7433 hide-ifdef-lines
7434 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
7435 #endif lines when hiding.
7436
7437 hide-ifdef-initially
7438 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
7439 is activated.
7440
7441 hide-ifdef-read-only
7442 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
7443 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
7444
7445 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
7446
7447 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
7448 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
7449
7450 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
7451 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
7452
7453 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
7454 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
7455
7456 ;;;***
7457 \f
7458 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
7459 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14512 26322))
7460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
7461
7462 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
7463 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
7464
7465 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
7466 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
7467 Each element has the form
7468 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
7469
7470 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
7471 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
7472
7473 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
7474 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
7475
7476 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
7477 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
7478 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
7479 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
7480 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
7481
7482 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
7483 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
7484
7485 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
7486 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
7487
7488 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
7489 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
7490 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
7491
7492 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
7493 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
7494 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7495 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
7496 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
7497 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
7498
7499 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
7500 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also
7501 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
7502
7503 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
7504 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
7505
7506 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
7507
7508 Key bindings:
7509 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
7510
7511 ;;;***
7512 \f
7513 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
7514 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
7515 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
7516 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009))
7517 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
7518
7519 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
7520
7521 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
7522 Remove the change face from the region.
7523 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
7524
7525 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
7526 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
7527
7528 Without an argument,
7529 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
7530 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
7531 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
7532
7533 With an argument,
7534 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
7535 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
7536 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
7537
7538 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
7539 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
7540 not displayed in a different face.
7541
7542 Functions:
7543 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
7544 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
7545 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
7546 buffer with the contents of a file
7547 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
7548 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
7549 various faces.
7550
7551
7552 Hook variables:
7553 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
7554 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
7555 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
7556 " t nil)
7557
7558 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7559 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7560
7561 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7562 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7563
7564 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
7565 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
7566
7567 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
7568 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
7569 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
7570 shown in the last face in the list.
7571
7572 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
7573 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
7574 buffer to be saved):
7575 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
7576 " t nil)
7577
7578 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
7579 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
7580
7581 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
7582 and not in read-only mode.
7583
7584 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
7585 when called interactively.
7586
7587 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
7588 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
7589 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
7590
7591 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
7592 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
7593 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
7594
7595 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
7596 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
7597
7598 When called interactively:
7599 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
7600 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
7601 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
7602 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
7603
7604 When called from a program:
7605 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
7606 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
7607 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
7608 - otherwise just turn it on
7609
7610 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
7611 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
7612 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
7613 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
7614
7615 ;;;***
7616 \f
7617 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
7618 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
7619 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
7620 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
7621 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488))
7622 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
7623
7624 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
7625 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
7626 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
7627 or insert functions in this list.")
7628
7629 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
7630 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
7631
7632 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
7633 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
7634
7635 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
7636 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
7637
7638 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
7639 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
7640
7641 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
7642 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
7643 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
7644
7645 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
7646 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
7647 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7648 \(as atoms)")
7649
7650 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
7651 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
7652 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7653 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
7654 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
7655
7656 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
7657 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
7658 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
7659 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
7660 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
7661 expansions.
7662 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
7663 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
7664 undoes the expansion." t nil)
7665
7666 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
7667 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
7668 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
7669 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
7670
7671 ;;;***
7672 \f
7673 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
7674 ;;;;;; (14454 80))
7675 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
7676
7677 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
7678 Toggle Hl-Line mode.
7679 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7680 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
7681
7682 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7683
7684 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
7685
7686 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
7687 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
7688
7689 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7690 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
7691 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
7692
7693 ;;;***
7694 \f
7695 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
7696 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
7697 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
7698
7699 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
7700 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
7701
7702 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
7703 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
7704
7705 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
7706
7707 ;;;***
7708 \f
7709 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
7710 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14454 81))
7711 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
7712
7713 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
7714 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
7715
7716 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
7717 This function is absolete." t nil)
7718
7719 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
7720 This function is absolete." t nil)
7721
7722 ;;;***
7723 \f
7724 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
7725 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14440 64840))
7726 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
7727
7728 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
7729 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
7730 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
7731
7732 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
7733 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
7734 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
7735
7736 ;;;***
7737 \f
7738 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
7739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
7740
7741 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
7742 Major mode for editing Icon code.
7743 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
7744 Tab indents for Icon code.
7745 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
7746 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
7747 \\{icon-mode-map}
7748 Variables controlling indentation style:
7749 icon-tab-always-indent
7750 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
7751 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
7752 icon-auto-newline
7753 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
7754 inserted in Icon code.
7755 icon-indent-level
7756 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
7757 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
7758 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
7759 icon-continued-statement-offset
7760 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
7761 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
7762 icon-continued-brace-offset
7763 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
7764 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
7765 icon-brace-offset
7766 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
7767 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
7768 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
7769 this far to the right of the start of its line.
7770
7771 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
7772 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7773
7774 ;;;***
7775 \f
7776 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
7777 ;;;;;; (14495 18053))
7778 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
7779
7780 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
7781 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
7782 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
7783 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
7784
7785 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
7786 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
7787 separate frames.
7788
7789 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
7790
7791 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
7792 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
7793 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
7794
7795 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
7796
7797 ;;;***
7798 \f
7799 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
7800 ;;;;;; (14495 18054))
7801 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
7802
7803 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
7804 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
7805
7806 The main features of this mode are
7807
7808 1. Indentation and Formatting
7809 --------------------------
7810 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
7811 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
7812
7813 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
7814 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
7815 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
7816 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
7817
7818 Comments are indented as follows:
7819
7820 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
7821 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
7822 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
7823
7824 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
7825
7826 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
7827 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
7828 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
7829 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
7830 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
7831
7832 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
7833 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
7834 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
7835
7836 2. Routine Info
7837 ------------
7838 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
7839 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
7840 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
7841 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
7842 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
7843 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
7844 information, which is also used for completion (see next item).
7845
7846 3. Completion
7847 ----------
7848 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions and
7849 keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what
7850 is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case
7851 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
7852 upper case.
7853
7854 4. Code Templates and Abbreviations
7855 --------------------------------
7856 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
7857 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
7858
7859 \\pr PROCEDURE template
7860 \\fu FUNCTION template
7861 \\c CASE statement template
7862 \\f FOR loop template
7863 \\r REPEAT Loop template
7864 \\w WHILE loop template
7865 \\i IF statement template
7866 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
7867 \\b BEGIN
7868
7869 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
7870 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
7871
7872 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
7873 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
7874 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
7875
7876 5. Automatic Case Conversion
7877 -------------------------
7878 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
7879 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
7880
7881 6. Automatic END completion
7882 ------------------------
7883 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
7884 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
7885
7886 7. Hooks
7887 -----
7888 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
7889 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
7890
7891 8. Documentation and Customization
7892 -------------------------------
7893 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
7894 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
7895 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
7896 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
7897 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
7898
7899 9. Keybindings
7900 -----------
7901 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
7902 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
7903 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
7904
7905 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
7906
7907 ;;;***
7908 \f
7909 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
7910 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
7911 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
7912
7913 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
7914 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
7915 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
7916
7917 ;;;***
7918 \f
7919 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage remove-images insert-image put-image
7920 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
7921 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14524 62778))
7922 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
7923
7924 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
7925 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
7926 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
7927 be determined." nil nil)
7928
7929 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
7930 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
7931 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
7932 be determined." nil nil)
7933
7934 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
7935 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
7936 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
7937
7938 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
7939 Create an image.
7940 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
7941 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
7942 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
7943 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
7944 use its file extension.as image type.
7945 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
7946 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
7947 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
7948 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
7949
7950 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
7951 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
7952 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
7953 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
7954 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
7955 image.
7956 POS may be an integer or marker.
7957 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
7958 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
7959 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
7960 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
7961
7962 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
7963 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
7964 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
7965 with a `display' property whose value is the image.
7966 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
7967 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
7968 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
7969 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
7970
7971 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
7972 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
7973 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
7974 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
7975
7976 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
7977 Define SYMBOL as an image.
7978
7979 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
7980 documentation string.
7981
7982 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
7983 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
7984 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
7985 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
7986 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
7987 string containing the actual image data. The first image
7988 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
7989 define SYMBOL.
7990
7991 Example:
7992
7993 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
7994 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
7995
7996 ;;;***
7997 \f
7998 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
7999 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489))
8000 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
8001
8002 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
8003 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
8004
8005 Affects only the mouse index menu.
8006
8007 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
8008 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
8009 in the buffer.
8010
8011 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
8012
8013 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
8014 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
8015 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
8016
8017 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
8018 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
8019
8020 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
8021 to create a buffer index.
8022
8023 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
8024 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
8025 or like this:
8026 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
8027 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
8028 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
8029 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
8030 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
8031
8032 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
8033 entries are not nested.
8034
8035 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
8036 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
8037 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
8038 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
8039
8040 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
8041 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
8042
8043 The variable is buffer-local.
8044
8045 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
8046 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
8047 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
8048
8049 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
8050 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
8051 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
8052 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
8053
8054 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
8055
8056 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
8057 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
8058
8059 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
8060 of the current buffer as an alist.
8061
8062 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
8063 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
8064 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
8065 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
8066 if it is a sub-alist.
8067
8068 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
8069
8070 The variable is buffer-local.")
8071
8072 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
8073
8074 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
8075 Function for finding the next index position.
8076
8077 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
8078 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
8079 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
8080 file.
8081
8082 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
8083 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
8084
8085 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8086
8087 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
8088
8089 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
8090 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
8091
8092 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
8093 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
8094 It should return the name for that index item.
8095
8096 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8097
8098 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
8099
8100 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
8101 Function to compare string with index item.
8102
8103 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
8104 non-nil if they match.
8105
8106 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
8107 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
8108 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
8109 arguments match\".
8110
8111 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8112
8113 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
8114
8115 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
8116 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
8117 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
8118
8119 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
8120
8121 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
8122
8123 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
8124 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
8125 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
8126 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
8127
8128 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
8129 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
8130
8131 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
8132
8133 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
8134 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
8135 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
8136 for more information." t nil)
8137
8138 ;;;***
8139 \f
8140 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
8141 ;;;;;; (13898 16429))
8142 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
8143
8144 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
8145 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
8146 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
8147 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
8148 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
8149
8150 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
8151 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
8152
8153 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
8154 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
8155 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
8156 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
8157 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
8158 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
8159 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
8160 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
8161
8162 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
8163 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
8164 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
8165 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
8166 Inferior Lisp buffer.
8167
8168 More precise choices:
8169 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
8170 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
8171 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
8172
8173 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
8174
8175 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
8176 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
8177
8178 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
8179 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
8180 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
8181 to that buffer.
8182 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
8183 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
8184 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
8185 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8186 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
8187
8188 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
8189
8190 ;;;***
8191 \f
8192 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
8193 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-standalone info info-other-window)
8194 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (14544 60288))
8195 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
8196
8197 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
8198 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
8199 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
8200
8201 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
8202 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
8203 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
8204 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
8205 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
8206 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
8207
8208 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
8209 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
8210
8211 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
8212 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
8213 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
8214
8215 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
8216 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
8217 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
8218 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
8219
8220 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
8221 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
8222 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8223 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8224 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8225
8226 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
8227 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
8228 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
8229 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8230 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8231 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8232
8233 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
8234 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
8235 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
8236
8237 ;;;***
8238 \f
8239 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
8240 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
8241 ;;;;;; (14539 53666))
8242 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
8243
8244 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
8245 Throw away all cached data.
8246 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
8247 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
8248 system." t nil)
8249
8250 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
8251 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
8252 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
8253 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
8254 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8255 The default symbol is the one found at point.
8256
8257 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
8258
8259 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
8260 Display the documentation of a file.
8261 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
8262 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
8263 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8264 The default file name is the one found at point.
8265
8266 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
8267
8268 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
8269 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
8270
8271 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
8272 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
8273
8274 ;;;***
8275 \f
8276 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
8277 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
8279
8280 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
8281 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
8282
8283 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
8284 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
8285 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
8286
8287 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
8288 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
8289 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
8290
8291 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
8292 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
8293 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
8294 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
8295
8296 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
8297 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
8298 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
8299
8300 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
8301 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
8302 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
8303 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
8304 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
8305
8306 ;;;***
8307 \f
8308 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
8309 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
8310 ;;;;;; (13770 35556))
8311 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
8312
8313 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8314 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
8315
8316 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8317 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
8318
8319 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
8320
8321 ;;;***
8322 \f
8323 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
8324 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
8325 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
8326
8327 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
8328 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
8329 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
8330 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
8331 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
8332 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
8333
8334 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
8335 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
8336
8337 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
8338 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
8339 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
8340 \"s gives German sharp s.
8341 /a gives a with ring.
8342 /e gives an a-e ligature.
8343 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
8344 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
8345 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
8346
8347 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
8348 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
8349
8350 ;;;***
8351 \f
8352 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
8353 ;;;;;; iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex
8354 ;;;;;; iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el"
8355 ;;;;;; (13768 42838))
8356 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
8357
8358 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
8359 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
8360 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8361 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8362 `format-alist')." t nil)
8363
8364 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
8365 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
8366 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8367 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8368 `format-alist')." t nil)
8369
8370 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
8371 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
8372 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8373 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8374 `format-alist')." t nil)
8375
8376 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8377 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8378 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8379 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8380 `format-alist')." t nil)
8381
8382 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8383 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8384 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8385 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8386 `format-alist')." t nil)
8387
8388 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
8389 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8390 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8391 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8392 `format-alist')." t nil)
8393
8394 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
8395 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8396 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8397 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8398 `format-alist')." t nil)
8399
8400 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8401 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
8402
8403 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8404 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
8405
8406 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
8407 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
8408
8409 ;;;***
8410 \f
8411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
8412 ;;;;;; (14164 4477))
8413 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
8414 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
8415 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
8416 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
8417
8418 ;;;***
8419 \f
8420 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
8421 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
8422 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
8423 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
8424 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
8425 ;;;;;; (14457 51532))
8426 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
8427
8428 (defconst ispell-xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
8429 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
8430
8431 (defconst ispell-version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8432 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
8433
8434 (defconst ispell-version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8435 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
8436
8437 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
8438 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
8439 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
8440 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
8441
8442 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
8443 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
8444 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
8445
8446 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasiliano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
8447
8448 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
8449
8450 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8451
8452 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
8453
8454 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
8455
8456 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8457
8458 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
8459 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
8460
8461 Each element of this list is also a list:
8462
8463 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
8464 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
8465
8466 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
8467 nil means the default dictionary.
8468
8469 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
8470 word.
8471
8472 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
8473
8474 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
8475 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
8476 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
8477 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
8478 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
8479 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
8480 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
8481 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
8482 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
8483
8484 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
8485 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
8486 single word.
8487
8488 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
8489 subprocess.
8490
8491 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
8492 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
8493 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
8494 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
8495 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
8496 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
8497 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
8498 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
8499
8500 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
8501
8502 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
8503 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
8504 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
8505
8506 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
8507 Key map for ispell menu.")
8508
8509 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
8510 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
8511 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
8512 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
8513
8514 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not ispell-version18p) (not ispell-xemacsp) (quote reload)))
8515
8516 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default"))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
8517
8518 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote ("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote ("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote ("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote ("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote ("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag)))))
8519
8520 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote ("Continue Check" . ispell-continue))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote ("Check Word" . ispell-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote ("Check Comments" . ispell-comments-and-strings))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote ("Check Region" . ispell-region))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote ("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer)))))
8521
8522 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote ("Check Message" . ispell-message))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote ("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))))) (put (quote ispell-region) (quote menu-enable) (quote mark-active)) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
8523
8524 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
8525 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
8526 The alist key must be a regular expression.
8527 Valid forms include:
8528 (KEY) - just skip the key.
8529 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
8530 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
8531 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
8532
8533 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
8534 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
8535 First list is used raw.
8536 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
8537
8538 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
8539 for skipping in latex mode.")
8540
8541 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
8542
8543 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
8544 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
8545 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
8546 in a window allowing you to choose one.
8547
8548 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
8549 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
8550 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
8551 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
8552 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
8553
8554 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
8555 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
8556
8557 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
8558
8559 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
8560 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
8561
8562 return values:
8563 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
8564 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
8565 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
8566 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
8567 quit spell session exited." t nil)
8568
8569 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
8570 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
8571
8572 Selections are:
8573
8574 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
8575 SPC: Accept word this time.
8576 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
8577 `a': Accept word for this session.
8578 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
8579 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
8580 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
8581 `?': Show these commands.
8582 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
8583 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
8584 the aborted check to be completed later.
8585 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
8586 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
8587 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
8588 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
8589 `C-l': redraws screen
8590 `C-r': recursive edit
8591 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
8592
8593 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
8594 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
8595 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
8596
8597 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
8598 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
8599 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
8600
8601 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
8602
8603 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
8604
8605 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
8606 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
8607 Return nil if spell session is quit,
8608 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
8609
8610 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
8611 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
8612
8613 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
8614 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
8615
8616 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
8617 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
8618
8619 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
8620 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
8621 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
8622 sequence inside of a word.
8623
8624 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
8625
8626 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
8627 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
8628
8629 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
8630 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
8631 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
8632
8633 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
8634 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
8635
8636 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
8637 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
8638
8639 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
8640 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
8641 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
8642 Don't check included messages.
8643
8644 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
8645 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
8646 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
8647
8648 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
8649 in your .emacs file:
8650 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
8651 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
8652 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
8653 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
8654
8655 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
8656 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
8657 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
8658
8659 ;;;***
8660 \f
8661 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
8662 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
8663 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14482 55434))
8664 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
8665
8666 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8667 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
8668 Return the name of a buffer selected.
8669 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
8670 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
8671 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
8672
8673 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
8674 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
8675 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
8676 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
8677
8678 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8679 Switch to another buffer.
8680
8681 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
8682 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
8683 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
8684 in another frame.
8685 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8686
8687 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
8688 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
8689 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8690 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8691
8692 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8693 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
8694 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8695 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8696
8697 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
8698 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
8699 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8700 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8701
8702 ;;;***
8703 \f
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
8705 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
8706 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal
8707 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el"
8708 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
8709 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
8710
8711 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\
8712 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil)
8713
8714 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
8715
8716 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
8717 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
8718 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8719 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8720 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
8721 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
8722 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
8723 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
8724
8725 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
8726 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
8727 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8728 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8729
8730 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
8731 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
8732 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8733 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8734 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
8735
8736 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
8737 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
8738 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8739 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8740
8741 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
8742 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
8743 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
8744 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
8745
8746 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
8747 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
8748
8749 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8750 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
8751 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8752 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8753 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
8754
8755 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8756 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
8757 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8758 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8759 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
8760
8761 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
8762 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
8763 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
8764
8765 ;;;***
8766 \f
8767 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
8768 ;;;;;; (14550 5866))
8769 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
8770
8771 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
8772 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
8773 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8774 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
8775
8776 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
8777 following ways:
8778
8779 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
8780 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
8781 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
8782 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
8783 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
8784
8785 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8786 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8787 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8788 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8789
8790 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
8791 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
8792 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
8793 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
8794 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
8795 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
8796 strings or comments span lines.
8797
8798 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8799 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8800 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8801 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil)
8802
8803 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
8804 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
8805
8806 ;;;***
8807 \f
8808 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
8809 ;;;;;; (14495 17985))
8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
8811
8812 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
8813 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8815 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
8816
8817 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8818
8819 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
8820 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
8821 "\
8822 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8823 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
8824 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
8825 (interactive "P")
8826 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
8827 (progn
8828 (require 'jka-compr)
8829 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
8830 (toggle-auto-compression)))
8831 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
8832
8833 ;;;***
8834 \f
8835 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
8836 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
8837 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
8838
8839 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
8840 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
8841 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
8842
8843 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
8844 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
8845 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
8846 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
8847 shorter.
8848
8849 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
8850 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
8851 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
8852
8853 ;;;***
8854 \f
8855 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810
8856 ;;;;;; 39823))
8857 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
8858
8859 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
8860 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
8861 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
8862 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
8863 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
8864 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
8865 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
8866
8867 ;;;***
8868 \f
8869 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment)
8870 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14293 47672))
8871 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
8872
8873 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
8874 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
8875 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
8876
8877 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\
8878 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil)
8879
8880 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
8881
8882 ;;;***
8883 \f
8884 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
8885 ;;;;;; (14256 23599))
8886 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
8887
8888 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
8889
8890 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
8891 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
8892
8893 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
8894
8895 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
8896 Start or resume an Lm game.
8897 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
8898 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
8899
8900 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
8901 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
8902 none / 1 | yes | no
8903 2 | yes | yes
8904 3 | no | yes
8905 4 | no | no
8906
8907 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
8908 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
8909 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8910
8911 ;;;***
8912 \f
8913 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
8914 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string
8915 ;;;;;; setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el"
8916 ;;;;;; (14423 51007))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
8918
8919 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\
8920 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil)
8921
8922 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
8923
8924 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
8925 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
8926 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
8927 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
8928 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
8929 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
8930
8931 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
8932 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
8933
8934 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
8935 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
8936
8937 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
8938 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
8939 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
8940 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
8941 to compose.
8942
8943 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
8944
8945 ;;;***
8946 \f
8947 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
8948 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
8949 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
8950
8951 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
8952 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
8953 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
8954 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8955
8956 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
8957
8958 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
8959
8960 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
8961 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
8962 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
8963 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
8964 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
8965 for large buffers.
8966
8967 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
8968 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
8969 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
8970 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
8971 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
8972
8973 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
8974 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
8975 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
8976 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
8977 slow to keep up with your typing.
8978
8979 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
8980 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
8981 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
8982 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
8983 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
8984 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
8985
8986 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8987 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8988 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8989 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8990
8991 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
8992 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
8993 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
8994 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
8995
8996 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8997 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8998 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8999 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
9000 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
9001
9002 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
9003 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
9004
9005 ;;;***
9006 \f
9007 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
9008 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
9009 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
9010
9011 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
9012 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
9013
9014 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
9015 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
9016
9017 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
9018 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
9019
9020 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
9021 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
9022 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
9023 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
9024 for later transmission to Lisp job.
9025 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
9026 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
9027 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
9028 and transmit saved text.
9029 \\{ledit-mode-map}
9030 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
9031 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
9032
9033 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
9034
9035 ;;;***
9036 \f
9037 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
9038 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
9039
9040 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
9041 Run Conway's Life simulation.
9042 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
9043 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
9044 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
9045
9046 ;;;***
9047 \f
9048 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935
9049 ;;;;;; 16155))
9050 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
9051
9052 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
9053 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
9054 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
9055 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
9056
9057 ;;;***
9058 \f
9059 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
9060 ;;;;;; (14396 4034))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
9062
9063 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
9064 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
9065 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
9066
9067 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
9068 Run the locate command with a filter.
9069
9070 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
9071 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
9072
9073 ;;;***
9074 \f
9075 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14537 49316))
9076 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
9077
9078 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
9079 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
9080 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
9081 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
9082 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
9083 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
9084 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
9085 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
9086
9087 ;;;***
9088 \f
9089 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14552
9090 ;;;;;; 48685))
9091 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
9092
9093 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
9094 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
9095
9096 ;;;***
9097 \f
9098 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
9099 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14440
9100 ;;;;;; 46009))
9101 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
9102
9103 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
9104 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
9105 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
9106
9107 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
9108 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
9109
9110 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
9111 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
9112 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
9113 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
9114 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
9115 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
9116 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
9117
9118 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
9119 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
9120 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
9121 switch on this list.
9122 See `lpr-command'.")
9123
9124 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
9125 *Name of program for printing a file.
9126
9127 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
9128 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
9129 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
9130 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
9131 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
9132 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
9133 argument.")
9134
9135 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
9136 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
9137 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9138 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9139
9140 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
9141 Paginate and print buffer contents.
9142
9143 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9144 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9145 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9146 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9147
9148 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9149 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9150
9151 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9152 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9153
9154 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
9155 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
9156 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9157 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9158
9159 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
9160 Paginate and print the region contents.
9161
9162 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9163 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9164 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9165 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9166
9167 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9168 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9169
9170 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9171 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9172
9173 ;;;***
9174 \f
9175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
9177
9178 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
9179 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
9180 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
9181 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
9182 package is used.")
9183
9184 ;;;***
9185 \f
9186 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
9187 ;;;;;; 53924))
9188 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
9189
9190 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
9191 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
9192 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9193
9194 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9195
9196 ;;;***
9197 \f
9198 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
9199 ;;;;;; 30919))
9200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
9201
9202 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
9203 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
9204 \\{m4-mode-map}
9205 " t nil)
9206
9207 ;;;***
9208 \f
9209 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
9210 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
9211 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
9212
9213 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9214 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
9215 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
9216 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
9217 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
9218
9219 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9220 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
9221 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
9222 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
9223
9224 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
9225 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
9226 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
9227 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
9228 bindings.
9229
9230 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
9231 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
9232
9233 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
9234 Query user during kbd macro execution.
9235 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
9236 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
9237 each time the macro executes.
9238 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
9239 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
9240 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
9241 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
9242 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
9243 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
9244 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
9245
9246 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
9247 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
9248 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
9249
9250 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
9251 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
9252 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
9253 execute.
9254
9255 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
9256 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
9257
9258 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
9259 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
9260 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
9261 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
9262 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
9263
9264 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
9265 looked like this:
9266
9267 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
9268 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
9269 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
9270
9271 You could enter the names in this format:
9272
9273 foo
9274 bar
9275 baz
9276
9277 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
9278
9279 \\C-x (
9280 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
9281 \\C-x )
9282
9283 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
9284 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
9285 " t nil)
9286 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
9287
9288 ;;;***
9289 \f
9290 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
9291 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
9292 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
9293
9294 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
9295 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
9296 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
9297 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
9298
9299 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
9300 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
9301 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
9302 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
9303 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
9304
9305 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
9306 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
9307 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
9308 consing a string.)" nil nil)
9309
9310 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
9311 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
9312
9313 ;;;***
9314 \f
9315 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
9316 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
9317 ;;;;;; (14075 51598))
9318 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
9319
9320 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
9321 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
9322
9323 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
9324
9325 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
9326 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
9327
9328 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
9329 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
9330 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
9331 message.
9332
9333 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
9334
9335 ;;;***
9336 \f
9337 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
9338 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
9339 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14501
9340 ;;;;;; 36191))
9341 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
9342
9343 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
9344 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
9345 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
9346 often correct parser.")
9347
9348 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
9349
9350 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9351 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
9352 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9353 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9354
9355 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9356 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
9357 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9358 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9359
9360 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
9361 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
9362 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9363 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
9364
9365 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
9366 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
9367 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
9368 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
9369 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
9370 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
9371
9372 ;;;***
9373 \f
9374 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
9375 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14495 18025))
9376 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
9377
9378 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
9379 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
9380
9381 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
9382 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
9383 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
9384
9385 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
9386 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
9387 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
9388
9389 ;;;***
9390 \f
9391 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
9392 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
9393 ;;;;;; 15646))
9394 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
9395
9396 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
9397 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
9398 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9399 king@grassland.com
9400 If `parens', they look like:
9401 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9402 If `angles', they look like:
9403 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
9404
9405 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
9406 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
9407 If interactive, expand in header fields.
9408 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
9409 their `Resent-' variants.
9410
9411 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
9412 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
9413
9414 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
9415 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
9416 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
9417
9418 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
9419 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
9420 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
9421 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
9422
9423 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
9424 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
9425 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
9426 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
9427
9428 ;;;***
9429 \f
9430 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
9431 ;;;;;; (14554 2005))
9432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
9433
9434 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
9435 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
9436 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
9437
9438 \\{makefile-mode-map}
9439
9440 In the browser, use the following keys:
9441
9442 \\{makefile-browser-map}
9443
9444 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
9445
9446 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
9447 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
9448
9449 makefile-target-colon:
9450 The string that gets appended to all target names
9451 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
9452 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
9453
9454 makefile-macro-assign:
9455 The string that gets appended to all macro names
9456 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
9457 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
9458 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
9459 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
9460 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
9461
9462 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
9463 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
9464 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
9465
9466 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
9467 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
9468
9469 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
9470 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
9471 up or down in the browser.
9472
9473 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
9474 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
9475
9476 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
9477 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
9478
9479 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
9480 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
9481 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
9482 has been selected in the browser.
9483
9484 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
9485 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
9486 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
9487 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
9488 filenames are omitted.
9489
9490 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
9491 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
9492 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
9493 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
9494 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
9495 the backslash itself intact.
9496 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
9497 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
9498
9499 makefile-browser-hook:
9500 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
9501 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
9502
9503 makefile-special-targets-list:
9504 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
9505 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
9506 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
9507
9508 ;;;***
9509 \f
9510 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
9511 ;;;;;; 28917))
9512 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
9513
9514 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
9515 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
9516 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
9517
9518 ;;;***
9519 \f
9520 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14539 53667))
9521 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
9522
9523 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
9524
9525 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
9526 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
9527 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
9528 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
9529 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
9530 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
9531 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
9532
9533 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
9534 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
9535
9536 ;;;***
9537 \f
9538 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
9539 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
9540 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
9541 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
9542 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
9543 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
9544 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
9545 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
9546 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419))
9547 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
9548
9549 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
9550 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
9551
9552 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9553 king@grassland.com
9554 If `parens', they look like:
9555 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9556 If `angles', they look like:
9557 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
9558
9559 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
9560 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
9561
9562 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
9563 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
9564
9565 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
9566 *Local news organization file.")
9567
9568 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
9569 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
9570 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
9571 variable `mail-header-separator'.
9572
9573 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
9574 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
9575 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
9576
9577 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
9578 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
9579
9580 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
9581 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
9582 nil means use indentation.")
9583
9584 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
9585 *Function for citing an original message.
9586 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
9587 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
9588 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
9589
9590 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
9591 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
9592 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
9593 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
9594 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
9595
9596 (defvar message-signature t "\
9597 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
9598 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
9599 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
9600 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
9601
9602 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
9603 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
9604
9605 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
9606
9607 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
9608 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
9609 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
9610 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
9611 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
9612 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
9613 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
9614 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
9615 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
9616 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
9617 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
9618 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
9619 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
9620 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
9621 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
9622 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
9623 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
9624 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
9625 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
9626 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
9627 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
9628
9629 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
9630 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
9631 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
9632
9633 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
9634 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9635
9636 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
9637 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
9638
9639 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
9640 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
9641
9642 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
9643 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
9644 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
9645
9646 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
9647 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
9648
9649 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
9650 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
9651 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
9652 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
9653
9654 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
9655 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
9656
9657 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
9658 Forward the current message via mail.
9659 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
9660
9661 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
9662 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
9663
9664 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
9665 Re-mail the current message.
9666 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
9667 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
9668 you." t nil)
9669
9670 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
9671 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
9672
9673 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
9674 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
9675
9676 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
9677 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9678
9679 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
9680 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9681
9682 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
9683 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
9684 Works by overstriking characters.
9685 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9686 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9687
9688 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
9689 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
9690 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9691 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9692
9693 ;;;***
9694 \f
9695 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
9696 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
9697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
9698
9699 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9700 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
9701 Special commands:
9702 \\{meta-mode-map}
9703
9704 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
9705 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9706
9707 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9708 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
9709 Special commands:
9710 \\{meta-mode-map}
9711
9712 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
9713 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9714
9715 ;;;***
9716 \f
9717 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
9718 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
9719 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
9720 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
9721
9722 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
9723 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9724 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9725
9726 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
9727 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9728 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9729 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9730 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9731 redisplayed as output is inserted.
9732 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9733
9734 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
9735 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
9736 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9737 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9738 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9739 means current).
9740 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9741 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9742
9743 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
9744 Process current region through 'metamail'.
9745 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9746 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9747 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9748 means current).
9749 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9750 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9751
9752 ;;;***
9753 \f
9754 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
9755 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14460 38678))
9756 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
9757
9758 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
9759 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
9760 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9761 to the MH mail system.
9762
9763 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9764
9765 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
9766 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
9767 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9768 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
9769 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
9770 that want to create a mail buffer.
9771 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
9772
9773 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
9774 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
9775 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9776 to the MH mail system.
9777
9778 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9779
9780 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
9781 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
9782 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
9783 using the MH mail handling system.
9784 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
9785 messages.
9786
9787 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
9788
9789 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
9790
9791 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
9792 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
9793 the yanked message.
9794
9795 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
9796 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
9797 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
9798 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
9799 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
9800
9801 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
9802 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
9803 inserted in a draft letter.
9804
9805 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
9806 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
9807
9808 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
9809
9810 ;;;***
9811 \f
9812 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14532
9813 ;;;;;; 63447))
9814 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
9815
9816 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
9817 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
9818 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9819 to the MH mail system." t nil)
9820
9821 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
9822 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
9823
9824 ;;;***
9825 \f
9826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
9827 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
9828
9829 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
9830 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
9831
9832 ;;;***
9833 \f
9834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243))
9835 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
9836
9837 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9838
9839 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9840
9841 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9842
9843 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9844
9845 ;;;***
9846 \f
9847 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
9848 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445))
9849 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
9850
9851 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
9852 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
9853 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
9854 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
9855 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
9856 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
9857 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
9858 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
9859 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
9860 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
9861 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
9862
9863 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
9864 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
9865 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
9866 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
9867
9868 ;;;***
9869 \f
9870 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
9871 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
9872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
9873
9874 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
9875 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
9876
9877 ;;;***
9878 \f
9879 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
9880 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
9881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
9882
9883 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
9884 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
9885 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
9886 followed by the first character of the construct.
9887 \\<m2-mode-map>
9888 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
9889 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
9890 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
9891 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
9892 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
9893 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
9894 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
9895 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
9896 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
9897 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
9898 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
9899 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
9900 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
9901 \\[m2-link] link
9902
9903 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
9904 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
9905 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
9906
9907 ;;;***
9908 \f
9909 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
9910 ;;;;;; 2283))
9911 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
9912
9913 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
9914 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
9915 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9916 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
9917
9918 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
9919
9920 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
9921
9922 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
9923
9924 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
9925 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
9926 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
9927 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
9928 Triple-clicking selects lines.
9929 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
9930
9931 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
9932 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
9933 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
9934 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
9935
9936 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
9937 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
9938
9939 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
9940 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
9941
9942 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
9943
9944 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
9945 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
9946 primary selection and region." t nil)
9947
9948 ;;;***
9949 \f
9950 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
9951 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
9952
9953 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
9954 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
9955
9956 ;;;***
9957 \f
9958 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14263 63030))
9959 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
9960
9961 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
9962 Toggle msb-mode.
9963 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9964 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
9965
9966 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9967
9968 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
9969
9970 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
9971 Toggle Msb mode.
9972 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9973 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
9974 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
9975
9976 ;;;***
9977 \f
9978 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
9979 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
9980 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
9981 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets)
9982 ;;;;;; "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (14551 28679))
9983 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
9984
9985 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
9986 Display a list of all character sets.
9987
9988 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
9989 for internal Emacs use.
9990
9991 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
9992 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
9993 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
9994 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
9995 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
9996
9997 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
9998 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
9999 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
10000 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
10001
10002 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10003 but still shows the full information." t nil)
10004
10005 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
10006 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10007 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
10008 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
10009 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
10010
10011 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
10012 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
10013 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
10014 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
10015 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
10016
10017 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
10018 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
10019
10020 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10021 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
10022
10023 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
10024 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
10025
10026 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
10027 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
10028 at the place of `..':
10029 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
10030 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
10031 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
10032 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
10033 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
10034 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
10035 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10036 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10037 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10038 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10039 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
10040 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
10041 `default-process-coding-system' for read
10042 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
10043 `default-process-coding-system' for write
10044 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
10045
10046 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10047 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
10048
10049 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
10050 Display a list of all coding systems.
10051 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
10052
10053 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10054 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
10055
10056 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
10057 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
10058
10059 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
10060 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
10061
10062 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
10063 Display information of FONTSET.
10064 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts
10065 contained in FONTSET.
10066
10067 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset
10068 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this
10069 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any
10070 frame.
10071
10072 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters:
10073 o -- font already opened
10074 - -- font not yet opened
10075 x -- font can't be opened
10076 ? -- no font specified
10077
10078 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set
10079 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil)
10080
10081 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
10082 Display a list of all fontsets.
10083 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
10084 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
10085 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
10086
10087 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
10088 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
10089
10090 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
10091 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
10092
10093 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
10094 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
10095 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
10096 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
10097
10098 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
10099 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
10100 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10101
10102 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
10103 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
10104 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10105
10106 ;;;***
10107 \f
10108 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
10109 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
10110 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
10111 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
10112 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
10113 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
10114 ;;;;;; (14423 50997))
10115 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
10116
10117 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
10118 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
10119 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
10120
10121 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
10122
10123 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
10124
10125 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
10126 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
10127
10128 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
10129 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
10130 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
10131 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
10132 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
10133
10134 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
10135 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
10136 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
10137 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
10138 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
10139
10140 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
10141 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
10142
10143 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
10144
10145 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.\n\nNested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is\nany Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form\n(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).\n\nYou can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key\nsequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ\ncan be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
10146
10147 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10148 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
10149 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
10150 is considered.
10151 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
10152 longer than KEYSEQ.
10153 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
10154
10155 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10156 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
10157 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
10158 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
10159 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
10160 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
10161 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
10162 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
10163 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
10164 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
10165 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
10166
10167 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
10168 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
10169
10170 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10171 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
10172
10173 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10174 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
10175
10176 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
10177 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
10178
10179 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
10180 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
10181
10182 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
10183 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
10184 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
10185 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
10186
10187 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
10188 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
10189 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
10190 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
10191
10192 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
10193 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
10194 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
10195 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
10196
10197 ;;;***
10198 \f
10199 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930))
10200 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
10201
10202 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
10203 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
10204
10205 ;;;***
10206 \f
10207 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
10208 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
10209 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
10210 ;;;;;; (14385 24830))
10211 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
10212
10213 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
10214 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
10215
10216 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
10217 Ping HOST.
10218 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
10219 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
10220
10221 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
10222 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
10223
10224 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
10225
10226 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
10227 Run netstat program." t nil)
10228
10229 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
10230 Run the arp program." t nil)
10231
10232 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
10233 Run the route program." t nil)
10234
10235 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
10236 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
10237
10238 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
10239 Run nslookup program." t nil)
10240
10241 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
10242 Run dig program." t nil)
10243
10244 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
10245 Run ftp program." t nil)
10246
10247 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
10248 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
10249
10250 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
10251 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
10252 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
10253 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
10254
10255 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
10256
10257 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
10258 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
10259
10260 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
10261 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
10262
10263 ;;;***
10264 \f
10265 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
10266 ;;;;;; 49432))
10267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
10268
10269 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
10270 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
10271 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
10272 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
10273 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
10274 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
10275
10276 ;;;***
10277 \f
10278 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
10279 ;;;;;; (14030 49439))
10280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
10281
10282 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
10283 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
10284
10285 ;;;***
10286 \f
10287 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
10288 ;;;;;; (14030 49445))
10289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
10290
10291 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
10292 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
10293 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
10294
10295 ;;;***
10296 \f
10297 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
10298 ;;;;;; (14030 49457))
10299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
10300
10301 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
10302 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
10303
10304 ;;;***
10305 \f
10306 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
10307 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
10308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
10309
10310 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
10311 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
10312
10313 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10314 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
10315
10316 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10317 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
10318
10319 ;;;***
10320 \f
10321 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
10322 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
10323 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
10324
10325 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
10326 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
10327 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
10328
10329 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
10330
10331 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
10332 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
10333 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10334 to future sessions." t nil)
10335
10336 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
10337 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
10338 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10339 to future sessions." t nil)
10340
10341 ;;;***
10342 \f
10343 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
10344 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
10345 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
10346
10347 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
10348 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
10349 \\{nroff-mode-map}
10350 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
10351 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
10352 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
10353
10354 ;;;***
10355 \f
10356 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
10357 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
10358 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
10359
10360 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
10361 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
10362 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
10363 specified by `octave-help-files'.
10364 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
10365
10366 ;;;***
10367 \f
10368 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
10369 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
10370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
10371
10372 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
10373 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
10374 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
10375
10376 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
10377
10378 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
10379 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
10380
10381 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
10382 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
10383 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
10384
10385 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
10386
10387 ;;;***
10388 \f
10389 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
10390 ;;;;;; (14535 42068))
10391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
10392
10393 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
10394 Major mode for editing Octave code.
10395
10396 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
10397 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
10398 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
10399 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
10400
10401 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
10402 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
10403 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
10404 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
10405 is why you need this mode!).
10406
10407 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
10408 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
10409 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
10410
10411 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
10412
10413 Keybindings
10414 ===========
10415
10416 \\{octave-mode-map}
10417
10418 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
10419 ==============================================
10420
10421 octave-auto-indent
10422 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
10423 Default is nil.
10424
10425 octave-auto-newline
10426 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
10427 Default is nil.
10428
10429 octave-blink-matching-block
10430 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
10431 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
10432
10433 octave-block-offset
10434 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
10435 Default is 2.
10436
10437 octave-continuation-offset
10438 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
10439 Default is 4.
10440
10441 octave-continuation-string
10442 String used for Octave continuation lines.
10443 Default is a backslash.
10444
10445 octave-mode-startup-message
10446 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
10447 Default is t.
10448
10449 octave-send-echo-input
10450 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
10451 command to the inferior Octave process.
10452
10453 octave-send-line-auto-forward
10454 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
10455 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
10456
10457 octave-send-echo-input
10458 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
10459
10460 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
10461
10462 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
10463 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
10464
10465 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
10466 (setq auto-mode-alist
10467 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
10468
10469 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
10470 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
10471
10472 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
10473 (lambda ()
10474 (abbrev-mode 1)
10475 (auto-fill-mode 1)
10476 (if (eq window-system 'x)
10477 (font-lock-mode 1))))
10478
10479 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
10480 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
10481 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
10482 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
10483
10484 ;;;***
10485 \f
10486 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
10487 ;;;;;; (14045 29847))
10488 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
10489
10490 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
10491 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
10492
10493 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
10494 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
10495 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
10496 in which there are commands to set the option values.
10497 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
10498
10499 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
10500
10501 ;;;***
10502 \f
10503 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
10504 ;;;;;; (14495 18064))
10505 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
10506
10507 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
10508 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
10509 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
10510 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
10511
10512 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
10513 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
10514 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
10515 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
10516
10517 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
10518 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
10519 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
10520 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
10521 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
10522 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
10523
10524 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
10525 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
10526
10527 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
10528 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
10529 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
10530 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
10531 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
10532 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
10533 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
10534 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
10535 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
10536 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
10537 The subheadings remain visible.
10538 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
10539
10540 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
10541 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
10542 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
10543
10544 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
10545 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
10546
10547 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
10548 Toggle Outline minor mode.
10549 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10550 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
10551
10552 ;;;***
10553 \f
10554 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
10555 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
10556 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
10557
10558 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
10559 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
10560 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10561 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
10562 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10563 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
10564
10565 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10566
10567 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
10568
10569 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
10570 Toggle Show Paren mode.
10571 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10572 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
10573
10574 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10575 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
10576
10577 ;;;***
10578 \f
10579 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14507
10580 ;;;;;; 63078))
10581 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
10582
10583 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
10584 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
10585 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10586
10587 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
10588 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
10589
10590 Other useful functions are:
10591
10592 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
10593 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
10594 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
10595 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
10596 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
10597 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
10598 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
10599 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
10600 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
10601
10602 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
10603
10604 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
10605 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
10606 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
10607 Indentation for case statements.
10608 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
10609 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
10610 mark after an end.
10611 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
10612 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
10613 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
10614 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
10615 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10616 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
10617 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
10618 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
10619 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
10620 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
10621
10622 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
10623 pascal-separator-keywords.
10624
10625 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
10626 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10627
10628 ;;;***
10629 \f
10630 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
10631 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
10632 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
10633
10634 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
10635 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
10636 The keys affected are:
10637 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
10638 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
10639 M-Backspace does undo.
10640 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
10641 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
10642 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
10643
10644 ;;;***
10645 \f
10646 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
10647 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216))
10648 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
10649
10650 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
10651 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
10652
10653 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10654
10655 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
10656 which modify the status of the mark.
10657
10658 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
10659 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
10660
10661 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
10662 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
10663
10664 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
10665 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
10666 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
10667 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
10668 turning pc-selection-mode on.
10669
10670 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
10671 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
10672
10673 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
10674 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
10675 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
10676
10677 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
10678 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
10679 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
10680
10681 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
10682 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
10683
10684 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
10685 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
10686 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
10687
10688 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
10689 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
10690 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
10691
10692 F6 other-window
10693 DELETE delete-char
10694 C-DELETE kill-line
10695 M-DELETE kill-word
10696 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
10697 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
10698 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
10699
10700 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
10701 Toggle PC Selection mode.
10702 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
10703 and cursor movement commands.
10704 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10705 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
10706
10707 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10708
10709 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
10710
10711 ;;;***
10712 \f
10713 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-status cvs-update cvs-examine
10714 ;;;;;; cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "pcvs.el" (14552 48942))
10715 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
10716
10717 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
10718 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
10719 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
10720 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10721
10722 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
10723
10724 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
10725 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
10726 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
10727 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10728 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10729 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10730 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
10731 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
10732
10733 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
10734 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
10735 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10736 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10737 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10738 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
10739
10740 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
10741 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
10742 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10743 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10744 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10745 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
10746 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
10747
10748 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
10749
10750 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
10751 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
10752 NIL means never do it.
10753 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
10754 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
10755 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
10756
10757 (progn (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.\nThe exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (cvs-examine (file-name-directory dir) t t))))))
10758
10759 ;;;***
10760 \f
10761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14552 48685))
10762 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
10763
10764 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
10765
10766 ;;;***
10767 \f
10768 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
10769 ;;;;;; (13639 61036))
10770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
10771
10772 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
10773 Major mode for editing Perl code.
10774 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
10775 Tab indents for Perl code.
10776 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
10777 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
10778 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10779 \\{perl-mode-map}
10780 Variables controlling indentation style:
10781 perl-tab-always-indent
10782 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
10783 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10784 perl-tab-to-comment
10785 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
10786 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
10787 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
10788 perl-nochange
10789 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
10790 perl-indent-level
10791 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
10792 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
10793 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
10794 perl-continued-statement-offset
10795 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
10796 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
10797 perl-continued-brace-offset
10798 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
10799 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
10800 perl-brace-offset
10801 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
10802 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
10803 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
10804 this far to the right of the start of its line.
10805 perl-label-offset
10806 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
10807
10808 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
10809 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
10810 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
10811 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
10812 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
10813 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
10814 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
10815
10816 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
10817
10818 ;;;***
10819 \f
10820 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
10821 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
10822 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
10823
10824 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
10825 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
10826 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
10827 afterwards settable by these commands:
10828 C-c < Move left after insertion.
10829 C-c > Move right after insertion.
10830 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
10831 C-c . Move down after insertion.
10832 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
10833 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
10834 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
10835 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
10836 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
10837 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
10838 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
10839 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
10840 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
10841 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
10842 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
10843 with these commands:
10844 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
10845 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
10846 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
10847 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
10848 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
10849 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
10850 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
10851 Return Move to beginning of next line.
10852 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
10853 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
10854 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
10855 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
10856 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
10857 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
10858 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
10859 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
10860 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
10861 You can manipulate text with these commands:
10862 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
10863 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
10864 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
10865 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
10866 text is saved in the kill ring.
10867 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
10868 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
10869 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
10870 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
10871 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
10872 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
10873 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
10874 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
10875 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
10876 commands if invoked soon enough.
10877 You can return to the previous mode with:
10878 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
10879 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
10880
10881 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
10882
10883 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
10884 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
10885
10886 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
10887
10888 ;;;***
10889 \f
10890 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14453 55473))
10891 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
10892
10893 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
10894 Play pong and waste time.
10895 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
10896 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
10897
10898 pong-mode keybindings:
10899 \\<pong-mode-map>
10900
10901 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
10902
10903 ;;;***
10904 \f
10905 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
10906 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
10907 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
10908
10909 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
10910 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
10911 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
10912 can handle, whenever this is possible.
10913 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
10914
10915 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
10916 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
10917 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
10918 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
10919 in the variable `values'." t nil)
10920
10921 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
10922 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
10923 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
10924 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
10925
10926 ;;;***
10927 \f
10928 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
10929 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
10931
10932 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
10933 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
10934 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
10935 Commands:
10936 \\{prolog-mode-map}
10937 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
10938 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10939
10940 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
10941 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
10942
10943 ;;;***
10944 \f
10945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
10946 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
10947
10948 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
10949 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
10950 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
10951
10952 ;;;***
10953 \f
10954 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
10955 ;;;;;; 3795))
10956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
10957
10958 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
10959 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
10960
10961 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
10962
10963 The following variables hold user options, and can
10964 be set through the `customize' command:
10965
10966 ps-mode-auto-indent
10967 ps-mode-tab
10968 ps-mode-paper-size
10969 ps-mode-print-function
10970 ps-run-prompt
10971 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
10972 ps-run-x
10973 ps-run-dumb
10974 ps-run-init
10975 ps-run-error-line-numbers
10976 ps-run-tmp-dir
10977
10978 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
10979
10980
10981 \\{ps-mode-map}
10982
10983
10984 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
10985 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
10986 The keymap for this second window is:
10987
10988 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
10989
10990
10991 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
10992 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
10993 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
10994 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
10995 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
10996 " t nil)
10997
10998 ;;;***
10999 \f
11000 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
11001 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
11002 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
11003 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14454 81))
11004 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
11005
11006 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
11007 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
11008
11009 Valid values are:
11010
11011 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
11012 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
11013 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
11014 changed by setting the variable
11015 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
11016 The initial value of this variable is
11017 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
11018 documentation).
11019
11020 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
11021 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
11022 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
11023 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
11024 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
11025 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
11026 test it.
11027
11028 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
11029 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
11030 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
11031 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
11032 source file. BDF fonts are included in
11033 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
11034 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
11035 use this value, be sure to have installed
11036 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
11037 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
11038 documentation of this variable).
11039
11040 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
11041 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
11042 characters. This is convenient when you want or
11043 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
11044 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
11045 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
11046
11047 Any other value is treated as nil.")
11048
11049 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
11050 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
11051 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
11052
11053 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
11054
11055 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
11056 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
11057
11058 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
11059
11060 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
11061
11062 Returns the value:
11063
11064 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
11065
11066 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
11067 the sequence." nil nil)
11068
11069 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
11070 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
11071
11072 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
11073 composition.
11074
11075 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
11076
11077 Returns the value:
11078
11079 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
11080
11081 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
11082 the sequence." nil nil)
11083
11084 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
11085 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
11086
11087 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
11088 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
11089 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
11090
11091 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
11092
11093 ;;;***
11094 \f
11095 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
11096 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
11097 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
11098 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
11099 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
11100 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14554 7425))
11101 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
11102
11103 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
11104 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
11105 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
11106 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
11107
11108 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
11109 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
11110
11111 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11112 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11113
11114 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11115 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
11116 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11117
11118 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11119 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11120 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11121
11122 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11123 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11124 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11125 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11126 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11127
11128 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
11129 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11130 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
11131
11132 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11133 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11134 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11135 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11136 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11137
11138 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11139 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11140 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
11141 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
11142
11143 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11144
11145 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11146 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11147 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11148 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11149 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11150
11151 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11152
11153 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
11154 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11155 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
11156
11157 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11158
11159 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11160 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11161 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11162 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11163 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11164
11165 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11166
11167 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
11168 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
11169
11170 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11171 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
11172 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11173
11174 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11175 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11176 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11177
11178 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
11179 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
11180 using the current ps-print setup.
11181 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
11182 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
11183
11184 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11185 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
11186 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11187
11188 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
11189 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
11190 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11191
11192 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
11193 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
11194
11195 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
11196 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11197
11198 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
11199 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11200
11201 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
11202
11203 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
11204
11205 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
11206 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11207
11208 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
11209 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11210
11211 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
11212
11213 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
11214
11215 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
11216
11217 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
11218 foreground and background colors respectively.
11219
11220 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
11221 bold - use bold font.
11222 italic - use italic font.
11223 underline - put a line under text.
11224 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
11225 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
11226 shadow - text will have a shadow.
11227 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
11228 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
11229
11230 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
11231
11232 ;;;***
11233 \f
11234 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
11235 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
11236 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
11237 ;;;;;; (14551 28773))
11238 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
11239
11240 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
11241 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
11242 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
11243
11244 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
11245 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
11246 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
11247 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
11248 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
11249 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
11250 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
11251
11252 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
11253 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
11254 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
11255 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
11256 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
11257 shown.
11258 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
11259
11260 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
11261
11262 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
11263 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
11264 command to be called.
11265
11266 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
11267 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
11268 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
11269 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
11270
11271 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
11272 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
11273 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
11274 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
11275 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
11276 to t.
11277
11278 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
11279 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
11280 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
11281 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
11282
11283 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
11284 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
11285 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
11286 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
11287
11288 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
11289 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
11290 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
11291 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
11292 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
11293 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
11294
11295 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
11296 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
11297 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
11298 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
11299 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
11300 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
11301
11302 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
11303 covers Quail translation region.
11304
11305 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
11306 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
11307 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
11308 for it) is inserted.
11309
11310 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
11311 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
11312 vs. corresponding command to be called.
11313
11314 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
11315 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
11316 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
11317
11318 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
11319 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
11320
11321 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
11322 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
11323 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
11324 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
11325 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
11326
11327 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
11328 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
11329 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
11330 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11331 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
11332 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11333 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11334 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11335 for the translation.
11336 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11337
11338 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11339 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
11340
11341 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
11342 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
11343
11344 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
11345 which to install MAP.
11346
11347 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
11348
11349 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
11350 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
11351 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11352 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
11353 a function, or a cons.
11354 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11355 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11356 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11357 for the translation.
11358 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
11359 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
11360 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
11361 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
11362 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11363
11364 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11365 it is used to handle KEY.
11366
11367 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
11368 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
11369 current Quail package.
11370
11371 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
11372 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
11373
11374 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
11375 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
11376
11377 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
11378 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
11379 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
11380 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
11381 of the Emacs source tree.
11382
11383 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
11384 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
11385
11386 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
11387 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
11388 of each directory." t nil)
11389
11390 ;;;***
11391 \f
11392 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
11393 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
11394 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
11395 ;;;;;; 7245))
11396 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
11397
11398 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
11399 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
11400 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
11401 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
11402
11403 To make use of this do something like:
11404
11405 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
11406
11407 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
11408
11409 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11410
11411 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
11412 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
11413
11414 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
11415 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
11416
11417 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
11418 is decided." t nil)
11419
11420 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11421
11422 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
11423 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
11424
11425 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
11426 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
11427
11428 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
11429 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
11430
11431 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
11432
11433 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
11434
11435 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
11436 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
11437
11438 ;;;***
11439 \f
11440 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149
11441 ;;;;;; 16808))
11442 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
11443
11444 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
11445 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
11446 See \\[compile]." t nil)
11447
11448 ;;;***
11449 \f
11450 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
11451 ;;;;;; (14539 41135))
11452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
11453
11454 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
11455 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
11456
11457 ;;;***
11458 \f
11459 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-open-more-files recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list
11460 ;;;;;; recentf-save-list recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (14539
11461 ;;;;;; 49146))
11462 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
11463
11464 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
11465 Toggle recentf mode.
11466 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11467 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
11468
11469 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
11470 were operated on recently." t nil)
11471
11472 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
11473 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
11474
11475 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
11476 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
11477
11478 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
11479 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
11480
11481 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
11482 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
11483
11484 ;;;***
11485 \f
11486 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
11487 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
11488 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
11489 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14537
11490 ;;;;;; 23030))
11491 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
11492
11493 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
11494 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
11495 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
11496 spaces and tab.
11497
11498 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
11499 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
11500
11501 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
11502 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
11503 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
11504 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
11505 ends.
11506
11507 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11508 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
11509 to be deleted." t nil)
11510
11511 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11512 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11513 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
11514
11515 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11516 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11517 deleted." nil nil)
11518
11519 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11520 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11521 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
11522
11523 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
11524 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
11525
11526 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11527 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
11528
11529 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11530 deleted." t nil)
11531
11532 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
11533 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
11534
11535 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
11536 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
11537 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
11538 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
11539 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
11540 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
11541 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
11542
11543 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
11544 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11545
11546 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
11547 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
11548
11549 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11550 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
11551 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
11552 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
11553
11554 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
11555 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
11556 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
11557 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
11558 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
11559
11560 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11561 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
11562
11563 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
11564 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11565
11566 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11567 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
11568 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
11569
11570 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
11571 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
11572
11573 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
11574 Blank out the region-rectangle.
11575 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
11576
11577 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11578 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
11579 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
11580
11581 ;;;***
11582 \f
11583 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
11584 ;;;;;; (14495 18077))
11585 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
11586
11587 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
11588 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
11589
11590 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
11591 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
11592
11593 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
11594 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
11595
11596 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
11597 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
11598 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
11599 \\ref macro.
11600
11601 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
11602 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
11603 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
11604
11605 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
11606 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
11607 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
11608
11609 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
11610 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
11611
11612 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
11613 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
11614
11615 \\{reftex-mode-map}
11616 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
11617 on the menu bar.
11618
11619 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
11620
11621 ;;;***
11622 \f
11623 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
11624 ;;;;;; (14495 18066))
11625 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
11626
11627 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
11628 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
11629 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
11630 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
11631 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
11632 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
11633
11634 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
11635
11636 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
11637
11638 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
11639 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
11640 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
11641 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
11642
11643 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
11644 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
11645 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
11646 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
11647
11648 ;;;***
11649 \f
11650 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
11651 ;;;;;; (14495 18068))
11652 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
11653
11654 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
11655 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
11656 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
11657
11658 To insert new phrases, use
11659 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
11660 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
11661
11662 To index phrases use one of:
11663
11664 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
11665 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
11666 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
11667 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
11668 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
11669
11670 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
11671 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
11672
11673 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
11674
11675 Here are all local bindings.
11676
11677 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
11678
11679 ;;;***
11680 \f
11681 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
11682 ;;;;;; (14535 45202))
11683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
11684
11685 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
11686 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
11687 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
11688 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
11689 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
11690 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
11691
11692 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
11693 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil)
11694
11695 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
11696 Return the depth of REGEXP.
11697 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
11698 in REGEXP." nil nil)
11699
11700 ;;;***
11701 \f
11702 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
11703 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
11704
11705 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
11706 Repeat most recently executed command.
11707 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
11708 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
11709 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
11710
11711 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
11712 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
11713 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
11714
11715 ;;;***
11716 \f
11717 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
11718 ;;;;;; (14356 24412))
11719 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
11720
11721 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
11722 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
11723
11724 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
11725 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
11726 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
11727
11728 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
11729 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
11730 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
11731 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
11732 left after that text.
11733
11734 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
11735 is non-nil.
11736
11737 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
11738 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
11739 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
11740 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
11741
11742 ;;;***
11743 \f
11744 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
11745 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
11746 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
11747
11748 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
11749 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
11750 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
11751 visibility of comments that precede it.
11752 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
11753 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
11754 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
11755 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
11756 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
11757 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
11758 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
11759 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
11760 the comment lines.
11761 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
11762 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
11763 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
11764 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
11765 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
11766 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
11767
11768 ;;;***
11769 \f
11770 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
11771 ;;;;;; 50658))
11772 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
11773
11774 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
11775 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
11776
11777 ;;;***
11778 \f
11779 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
11780 ;;;;;; (14283 6810))
11781 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
11782
11783 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
11784 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
11785
11786 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
11787 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
11788
11789 ;;;***
11790 \f
11791 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
11792 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
11793 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
11794
11795 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
11796 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
11797 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
11798 other arguments for `rlogin'.
11799
11800 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
11801
11802 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
11803 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
11804 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
11805 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
11806
11807 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
11808 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
11809
11810 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
11811 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
11812
11813 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
11814 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
11815 INPUT-ARGS.
11816
11817 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
11818 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
11819 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
11820 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
11821 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
11822
11823 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
11824 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
11825 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
11826 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
11827
11828 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
11829 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
11830 variable." t nil)
11831
11832 ;;;***
11833 \f
11834 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
11835 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
11836 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
11837 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
11838 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
11839 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14525 4986))
11840 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
11841
11842 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
11843 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
11844 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
11845 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
11846
11847 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
11848 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
11849 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
11850 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
11851 value is the user's name.)
11852 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
11853
11854 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
11855 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
11856 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
11857 which normally happens once for each message,
11858 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
11859 To make a change in this variable take effect
11860 for a message that you have already viewed,
11861 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
11862
11863 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
11864 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
11865 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
11866 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
11867
11868 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
11869 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
11870
11871 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
11872 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
11873 A value of nil means don't highlight.
11874 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
11875
11876 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
11877 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
11878
11879 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
11880 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
11881
11882 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
11883 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
11884 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
11885 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
11886 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
11887
11888 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
11889 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
11890
11891 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
11892 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
11893
11894 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
11895 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
11896
11897 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
11898 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
11899
11900 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
11901 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
11902
11903 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
11904 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
11905
11906 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
11907 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
11908
11909 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
11910 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
11911 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
11912 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
11913
11914 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
11915 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
11916
11917 This is set to nil by default.")
11918
11919 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
11920 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
11921 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
11922 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
11923 until a user explicitly requires it.")
11924
11925 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
11926 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
11927
11928 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
11929 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
11930 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
11931 this feature is required with `require'.")
11932
11933 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
11934 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
11935 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
11936 the message is decoded as normal way.
11937
11938 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
11939 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
11940 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
11941
11942 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
11943 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
11944 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
11945
11946 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
11947 Read and edit incoming mail.
11948 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
11949 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
11950 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
11951
11952 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
11953 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
11954 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
11955 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
11956
11957 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
11958
11959 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
11960 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
11961 All normal editing commands are turned off.
11962 Instead, these commands are available:
11963
11964 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
11965 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
11966 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
11967 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
11968 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
11969 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
11970 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
11971 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
11972 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
11973 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
11974 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
11975 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
11976 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
11977 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
11978 till a deleted message is found.
11979 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
11980 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
11981 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
11982 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
11983 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
11984 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
11985 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
11986 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
11987 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
11988 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
11989 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
11990 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
11991 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
11992 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
11993 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
11994 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
11995 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
11996 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
11997 (label defaults to last one specified).
11998 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
11999 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
12000 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
12001 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
12002 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
12003 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
12004 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
12005 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
12006 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
12007
12008 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
12009 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
12010
12011 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
12012 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
12013
12014 ;;;***
12015 \f
12016 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
12017 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
12018 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
12019
12020 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
12021 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
12022
12023 ;;;***
12024 \f
12025 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
12026 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
12027 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
12028 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
12029
12030 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
12031 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
12032 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
12033
12034 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
12035 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
12036 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
12037
12038 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
12039
12040 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
12041 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
12042 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
12043 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
12044 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
12045
12046 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
12047 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
12048 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
12049 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
12050 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
12051
12052 ;;;***
12053 \f
12054 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
12055 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
12056 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
12057
12058 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
12059 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
12060 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
12061 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
12062
12063 ;;;***
12064 \f
12065 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
12066 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
12067 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393))
12068 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
12069
12070 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
12071 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
12072 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
12073 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
12074 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
12075 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
12076 a file name as a string.")
12077
12078 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
12079 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
12080 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
12081 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
12082 buffer visiting that file.
12083 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
12084 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
12085
12086 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
12087 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
12088
12089 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
12090 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil)
12091
12092 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
12093 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
12094
12095 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
12096 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
12097 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
12098 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
12099 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
12100
12101 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
12102 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
12103 will be appended with their original headers.
12104
12105 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
12106 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
12107
12108 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
12109 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
12110
12111 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
12112
12113 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
12114 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
12115 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
12116
12117 ;;;***
12118 \f
12119 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
12120 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
12121 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
12122 ;;;;;; 26387))
12123 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
12124
12125 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
12126 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
12127 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12128
12129 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
12130 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
12131 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12132
12133 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
12134 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
12135 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12136
12137 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
12138 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
12139 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12140
12141 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
12142 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
12143 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12144
12145 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
12146 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
12147 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12148
12149 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
12150 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
12151 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
12152 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
12153
12154 ;;;***
12155 \f
12156 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-summary-line-decoder rmail-summary-by-senders
12157 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
12158 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary rmail-summary-line-count-flag
12159 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
12160 ;;;;;; (14547 28270))
12161 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
12162
12163 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
12164 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
12165
12166 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
12167 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
12168
12169 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
12170 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
12171
12172 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
12173 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
12174 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
12175
12176 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
12177 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
12178 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
12179 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12180 only look in the To and From fields.
12181 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12182
12183 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
12184 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
12185 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
12186 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
12187 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
12188
12189 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
12190 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
12191 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
12192 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12193 look in the whole message.
12194 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12195
12196 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
12197 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
12198 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
12199
12200 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
12201 *Function to decode summary-line.
12202
12203 By default, `identity' is set.")
12204
12205 ;;;***
12206 \f
12207 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
12208 ;;;;;; (14263 36299))
12209 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
12210
12211 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
12212 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
12213 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
12214 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
12215
12216 ;;;***
12217 \f
12218 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
12219 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
12220 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
12221
12222 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
12223 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
12224 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
12225
12226 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
12227 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
12228
12229 ;;;***
12230 \f
12231 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
12232 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
12233 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
12234 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
12235 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
12236
12237 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
12238 *This variable is obsolete.")
12239
12240 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12241
12242 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
12243
12244 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
12245 *This variable is obsolete.")
12246
12247 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
12248 *This variable is obsolete.")
12249
12250 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
12251 *This variable is obsolete.")
12252
12253 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
12254 *This variable is obsolete.")
12255
12256 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
12257 *This variable is obsolete.")
12258
12259 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
12260 This function is obsolete." t nil)
12261
12262 ;;;***
12263 \f
12264 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
12265 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
12266 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
12267
12268 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
12269 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
12270 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12271
12272 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
12273 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
12274 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
12275 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
12276 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
12277 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
12278
12279 Commands:
12280 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12281 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12282 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12283 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
12284 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12285
12286 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
12287 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
12288 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12289
12290 Commands:
12291 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12292 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12293 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12294 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
12295 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
12296 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
12297
12298 ;;;***
12299 \f
12300 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
12301 ;;;;;; (14030 49477))
12302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
12303
12304 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
12305 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
12306 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
12307
12308 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
12309
12310 ;;;***
12311 \f
12312 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
12313 ;;;;;; 55098))
12314 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
12315
12316 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
12317 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
12318 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
12319 \\{scribe-mode-map}
12320
12321 Interesting variables:
12322
12323 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
12324 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
12325
12326 scribe-electric-quote
12327 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
12328
12329 scribe-electric-parenthesis
12330 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
12331 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
12332
12333 ;;;***
12334 \f
12335 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
12336 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
12337 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
12338 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
12339 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14532 62968))
12340 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
12341
12342 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
12343 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
12344
12345 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
12346 king@grassland.com
12347 If `parens', they look like:
12348 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
12349 If `angles', they look like:
12350 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
12351 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
12352 derived from the envelope-from address.
12353
12354 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
12355 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
12356 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
12357 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
12358
12359 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\
12360 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
12361 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
12362
12363 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
12364 is a privileged operation.")
12365
12366 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
12367 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
12368 This is done when the message is initialized,
12369 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
12370
12371 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
12372 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
12373 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
12374
12375 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
12376 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
12377
12378 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
12379 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
12380 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
12381 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
12382
12383 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
12384 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
12385
12386 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
12387 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
12388 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
12389
12390 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
12391 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
12392 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
12393 when you first send mail.")
12394
12395 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
12396 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
12397 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
12398 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
12399 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
12400
12401 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
12402 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
12403 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
12404 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
12405 This file need not actually exist.")
12406
12407 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
12408 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
12409 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
12410 If a string, that string is inserted.
12411 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
12412 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
12413 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
12414 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
12415
12416 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
12417 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
12418 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
12419 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
12420 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
12421 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
12422 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
12423 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
12424 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
12425 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
12426 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
12427 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
12428 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
12429
12430 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
12431 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12432 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12433 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
12434 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
12435 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12436
12437 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
12438 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12439 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
12440
12441 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
12442 User should not set this variable manually,
12443 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
12444 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
12445 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12446 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
12447
12448 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
12449 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
12450 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
12451 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
12452
12453 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
12454 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
12455
12456 \\<mail-mode-map>
12457 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
12458
12459 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
12460 to move to message header fields:
12461 \\{mail-mode-map}
12462
12463 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
12464 when the message is initialized.
12465
12466 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
12467 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
12468
12469 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
12470 is inserted.
12471
12472 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
12473 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
12474
12475 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
12476 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
12477
12478 The second through fifth arguments,
12479 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
12480 the initial contents of those header fields.
12481 These arguments should not have final newlines.
12482 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
12483 original message being replied to, or else an action
12484 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
12485 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
12486 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
12487 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
12488 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
12489 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
12490
12491 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
12492 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
12493
12494 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
12495 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
12496
12497 ;;;***
12498 \f
12499 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343))
12500 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
12501
12502 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
12503 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
12504 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
12505 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
12506 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
12507 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
12508
12509 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
12510
12511 ;;;***
12512 \f
12513 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
12514 ;;;;;; (14501 37288))
12515 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
12516
12517 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12518 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
12519 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
12520 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
12521 `sgml-quick-keys'.
12522
12523 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
12524 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
12525 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
12526
12527 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
12528 your `.emacs' file.
12529
12530 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
12531
12532 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12533 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
12534 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
12535
12536 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12537 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
12538 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
12539 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
12540 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
12541 which this is based.
12542
12543 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12544
12545 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
12546 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
12547 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
12548 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
12549
12550 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
12551 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
12552 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
12553
12554 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
12555 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
12556 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
12557 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
12558
12559 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
12560 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
12561 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
12562 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
12563
12564 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
12565
12566 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
12567 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
12568 To work around that, do:
12569 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
12570
12571 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
12572
12573 ;;;***
12574 \f
12575 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
12576 ;;;;;; (14432 40418))
12577 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
12578
12579 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
12580
12581 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
12582 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
12583 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
12584 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
12585 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
12586 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
12587
12588 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
12589 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
12590 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
12591 shell-specific features.
12592
12593 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
12594 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
12595 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
12596
12597 \\[sh-case] case statement
12598 \\[sh-for] for loop
12599 \\[sh-function] function definition
12600 \\[sh-if] if statement
12601 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
12602 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
12603 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
12604 \\[sh-select] select loop
12605 \\[sh-until] until loop
12606 \\[sh-while] while loop
12607
12608 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
12609 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
12610 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
12611 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
12612 would indent to the way it currently is.
12613 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
12614 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
12615
12616
12617 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
12618 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
12619 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
12620 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
12621 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
12622 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
12623
12624 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
12625 {, (, [, ', \", `
12626 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
12627
12628 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
12629 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
12630 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
12631
12632 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
12633 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
12634
12635 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
12636
12637 ;;;***
12638 \f
12639 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
12640 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
12641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
12642
12643 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
12644 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
12645
12646 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
12647 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
12648 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
12649 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
12650 the earlier.
12651
12652 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
12653
12654 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
12655
12656 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
12657 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
12658 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
12659
12660 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
12661 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
12662
12663 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
12664 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
12665 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
12666 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
12667 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
12668 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
12669 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
12670 emacs version).
12671
12672 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
12673 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
12674 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
12675 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
12676 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
12677
12678 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
12679 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
12680 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
12681
12682 ;;;***
12683 \f
12684 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
12685 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
12686 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
12687
12688 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
12689 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
12690 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
12691 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12692 shell buffer.
12693
12694 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
12695 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
12696 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
12697
12698 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
12699
12700 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
12701 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
12702 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
12703 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
12704 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
12705 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
12706 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
12707 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
12708 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
12709 discards input when it starts up.)
12710 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
12711 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
12712 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
12713
12714 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
12715 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
12716 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
12717 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
12718 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
12719 `default-process-coding-system'.
12720
12721 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
12722 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
12723 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
12724 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
12725
12726 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
12727 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
12728
12729 ;;;***
12730 \f
12731 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
12732 ;;;;;; 23740))
12733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
12734
12735 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
12736 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
12737 \\{simula-mode-map}
12738 Variables controlling indentation style:
12739 simula-tab-always-indent
12740 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
12741 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12742 simula-indent-level
12743 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
12744 simula-substatement-offset
12745 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
12746 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
12747 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
12748 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
12749 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
12750 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
12751 simula-label-offset -4711
12752 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
12753 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
12754 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
12755 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
12756 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
12757 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
12758 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
12759 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
12760 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
12761 simula-electric-indent nil
12762 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
12763 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
12764 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
12765 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
12766 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
12767 or nil if they should not be changed.
12768 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
12769 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
12770 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
12771 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
12772
12773 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
12774 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
12775
12776 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
12777 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
12778 at all." t nil)
12779
12780 ;;;***
12781 \f
12782 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
12783 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
12784 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
12785 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
12786
12787 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
12788 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
12789
12790 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
12791 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
12792 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
12793 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
12794 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
12795
12796 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
12797 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
12798 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
12799 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
12800 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
12801 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
12802 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
12803
12804 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
12805 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
12806 ignored." t nil)
12807
12808 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
12809 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
12810 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
12811 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
12812 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
12813 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
12814 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
12815
12816 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
12817 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
12818 ignored." t nil)
12819
12820 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
12821 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
12822
12823 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
12824 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
12825 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
12826 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
12827
12828 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
12829 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
12830 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
12831 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
12832
12833 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
12834 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
12835 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
12836
12837 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
12838 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
12839
12840 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
12841 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
12842
12843 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
12844 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
12845 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
12846 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
12847 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
12848 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
12849 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
12850 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
12851 nil skipped
12852
12853 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
12854 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
12855 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
12856 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
12857 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
12858 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
12859 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
12860 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
12861
12862 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
12863 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
12864 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
12865 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
12866 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
12867 available:
12868
12869 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
12870 then: insert previously read string once more
12871 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
12872 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
12873 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
12874
12875 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
12876 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
12877
12878 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
12879 Insert the character you type ARG times.
12880
12881 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
12882 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
12883 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
12884 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
12885
12886 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
12887 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
12888 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
12889
12890 ;;;***
12891 \f
12892 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14552
12893 ;;;;;; 48942))
12894 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
12895
12896 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
12897 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
12898 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
12899
12900 ;;;***
12901 \f
12902 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
12903 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
12904 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
12905
12906 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
12907
12908 ;;;***
12909 \f
12910 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
12911 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
12912
12913 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
12914 Play the Snake game.
12915 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
12916
12917 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
12918
12919 snake-mode keybindings:
12920 \\<snake-mode-map>
12921 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
12922 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
12923 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
12924 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
12925 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
12926 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
12927 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
12928
12929 " t nil)
12930
12931 ;;;***
12932 \f
12933 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
12934 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
12935 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
12936
12937 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
12938 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
12939 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
12940 Tab indents for C code.
12941 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
12942 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12943 \\{snmp-mode-map}
12944 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
12945 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
12946
12947 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
12948 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
12949 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
12950 Tab indents for C code.
12951 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
12952 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12953 \\{snmp-mode-map}
12954 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
12955 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
12956
12957 ;;;***
12958 \f
12959 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
12960 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
12961 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
12962 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
12963
12964 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
12965 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
12966
12967 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
12968 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
12969 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
12970
12971 For example, the form
12972
12973 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
12974 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
12975
12976 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
12977
12978 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
12979 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
12980
12981 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
12982 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
12983 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
12984 York City.
12985
12986 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
12987
12988 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
12989 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
12990
12991 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
12992 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
12993 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
12994 York City.
12995
12996 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
12997
12998 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
12999 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
13000 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
13001 pair.
13002
13003 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13004
13005 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
13006 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
13007 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
13008
13009 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
13010 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
13011
13012 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
13013
13014 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
13015 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
13016 Requires floating point." nil nil)
13017
13018 ;;;***
13019 \f
13020 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
13021 ;;;;;; 20348))
13022 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
13023
13024 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
13025 Play Solitaire.
13026
13027 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
13028 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
13029 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
13030 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
13031 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
13032 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
13033 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
13034 check after each move or undo)
13035
13036 What is Solitaire?
13037
13038 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
13039 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
13040 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
13041
13042 Le Solitaire
13043 ============
13044
13045 o o o
13046
13047 o o o
13048
13049 o o o o o o o
13050
13051 o o o . o o o
13052
13053 o o o o o o o
13054
13055 o o o
13056
13057 o o o
13058
13059 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
13060 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
13061 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
13062 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
13063
13064 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
13065 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
13066 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
13067 this: o o .
13068
13069 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
13070 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
13071
13072 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
13073
13074 o o o
13075
13076 . o o
13077
13078 o o . o o o o
13079
13080 o . o o o o o
13081
13082 o o o o o o o
13083
13084 o o o
13085
13086 o o o
13087
13088 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
13089
13090 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
13091
13092 ;;;***
13093 \f
13094 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
13095 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
13096 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636))
13097 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
13098
13099 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
13100 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
13101 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
13102
13103 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
13104 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
13105 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
13106 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
13107 contiguous.
13108
13109 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
13110 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
13111 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13112 the sort order.
13113
13114 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
13115 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
13116
13117 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
13118 It moves point to the start of the next record.
13119 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
13120 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
13121 is called.
13122
13123 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
13124 It should move point to the end of the record.
13125
13126 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
13127 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
13128 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
13129 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
13130 starts at the beginning of the record.
13131
13132 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
13133 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
13134 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
13135
13136 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
13137 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13138 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13139 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13140 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13141 the sort order." t nil)
13142
13143 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
13144 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13145 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13146 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13147 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13148 the sort order." t nil)
13149
13150 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
13151 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13152 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13153 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13154 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13155 the sort order." t nil)
13156
13157 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
13158 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
13159 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13160 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
13161 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
13162 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
13163 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13164 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13165 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
13166
13167 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
13168 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
13169 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13170 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13171 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13172 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
13173 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13174 the sort order." t nil)
13175
13176 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
13177 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
13178 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
13179 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
13180 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
13181 is to be used for sorting.
13182 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
13183 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
13184 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
13185 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
13186 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
13187
13188 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
13189
13190 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13191 the sort order.
13192
13193 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
13194 starting with the letter \"f\",
13195 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
13196
13197 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
13198 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
13199 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
13200 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
13201 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
13202 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
13203 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13204 the sort order.
13205
13206 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
13207 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
13208 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
13209 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
13210 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
13211
13212 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
13213 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
13214 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
13215
13216 ;;;***
13217 \f
13218 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
13219 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14403 56247))
13220 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
13221
13222 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
13223
13224 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
13225 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
13226 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
13227 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
13228 supported at a time.
13229 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
13230 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
13231
13232 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
13233 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
13234 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
13235 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
13236
13237 ;;;***
13238 \f
13239 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
13240 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
13241 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
13242
13243 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
13244
13245 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
13246 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
13247 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
13248 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
13249 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
13250 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
13251
13252 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
13253 Check spelling of word at or before point.
13254 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
13255 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
13256
13257 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
13258 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
13259 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
13260 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
13261 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
13262
13263 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
13264 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
13265
13266 ;;;***
13267 \f
13268 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
13269 ;;;;;; 43485))
13270 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
13271
13272 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
13273 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
13274
13275 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
13276 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
13277
13278 ;;;***
13279 \f
13280 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
13281 ;;;;;; (14395 64503))
13282 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
13283
13284 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
13285 Show short help for the SQL modes.
13286
13287 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
13288 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
13289
13290 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
13291
13292 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
13293
13294 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
13295
13296 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
13297 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
13298 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
13299 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
13300 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
13301 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
13302 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
13303
13304 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
13305
13306 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
13307 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
13308 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
13309 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
13310
13311 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
13312 entry function you want to use regularly:
13313
13314 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
13315
13316 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
13317 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
13318 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
13319 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
13320
13321 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
13322 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
13323 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
13324
13325 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
13326 Major mode to edit SQL.
13327
13328 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
13329 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
13330 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
13331
13332 \\{sql-mode-map}
13333 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
13334
13335 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
13336 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
13337 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
13338 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
13339 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
13340 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
13341
13342 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
13343 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
13344
13345 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
13346 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
13347
13348 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
13349 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
13350 `*SQL*'.
13351
13352 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
13353 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
13354
13355 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
13356 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
13357
13358 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
13359 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
13360 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
13361 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
13362 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
13363 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
13364 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
13365 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
13366
13367 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
13368 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
13369
13370 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
13371
13372 ;;;***
13373 \f
13374 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
13375 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
13376 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
13377 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (14527 50024))
13378 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
13379
13380 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
13381 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
13382
13383 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
13384 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
13385 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
13386 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
13387 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
13388 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
13389
13390 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
13391
13392 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
13393 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13394 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13395 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
13396 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
13397 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
13398 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13399
13400 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13401 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13402 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13403 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
13404 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
13405 then complete the stroke with button3.
13406 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13407
13408 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
13409 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
13410 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13411
13412 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13413 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
13414 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13415
13416 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
13417 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
13418
13419 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
13420
13421 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
13422 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
13423
13424 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
13425 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
13426
13427 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
13428
13429 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
13430 Toggle strokes being enabled.
13431 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
13432 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
13433 mode in all buffers when activated.
13434 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
13435 new strokes with
13436
13437 > M-x global-set-stroke
13438
13439 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
13440 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
13441 strokes with
13442
13443 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
13444 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
13445
13446 ;;;***
13447 \f
13448 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
13449 ;;;;;; (14385 23097))
13450 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
13451
13452 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
13453 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
13454 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
13455 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
13456 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
13457 original message but it does require a few things:
13458
13459 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
13460
13461 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
13462 reply buffer.
13463
13464 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
13465 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
13466 original message.
13467
13468 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
13469
13470 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
13471
13472 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
13473 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
13474 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
13475
13476 ;;;***
13477 \f
13478 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
13479 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
13480
13481 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
13482 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
13483 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13484 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13485 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13486
13487 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
13488 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
13489 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
13490 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
13491 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13492 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13493 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13494
13495 ;;;***
13496 \f
13497 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
13498 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
13499
13500 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
13501 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
13502
13503 ;;;***
13504 \f
13505 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14495 17995))
13506 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
13507
13508 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
13509 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
13510 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
13511 Letters no longer insert themselves.
13512 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
13513 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
13514 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
13515
13516 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
13517 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
13518 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
13519 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
13520
13521 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
13522 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
13523
13524 ;;;***
13525 \f
13526 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
13527 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428))
13528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
13529
13530 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
13531 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
13532 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
13533 Tab indents for Tcl code.
13534 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13535 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13536
13537 Variables controlling indentation style:
13538 tcl-indent-level
13539 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
13540 tcl-continued-indent-level
13541 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
13542
13543 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
13544 documentation for details):
13545 tcl-tab-always-indent
13546 Controls action of TAB key.
13547 tcl-auto-newline
13548 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
13549 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
13550 tcl-electric-hash-style
13551 Controls action of `#' key.
13552 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
13553 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
13554 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
13555 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
13556 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
13557 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
13558
13559 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
13560 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
13561 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
13562 already exist.
13563
13564 Commands:
13565 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
13566
13567 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
13568 Run inferior Tcl process.
13569 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
13570 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
13571
13572 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
13573 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
13574 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
13575
13576 ;;;***
13577 \f
13578 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416))
13579 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
13580 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13581
13582 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
13583 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13584 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
13585 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
13586 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
13587 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
13588 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13589 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
13590
13591 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
13592 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13593 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
13594 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13595
13596 ;;;***
13597 \f
13598 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268
13599 ;;;;;; 17354))
13600 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
13601
13602 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
13603 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
13604 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
13605 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
13606 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
13607 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
13608
13609 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
13610 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13611
13612 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
13613 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13614
13615 ;;;***
13616 \f
13617 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280
13618 ;;;;;; 10588))
13619 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
13620
13621 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
13622 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
13623 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
13624 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
13625 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
13626 program as keyboard input.
13627
13628 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
13629 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
13630 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
13631 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
13632
13633 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
13634 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
13635 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
13636 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
13637 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
13638
13639 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
13640
13641 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
13642 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
13643 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
13644 terminal-redisplay-interval.
13645
13646 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
13647 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
13648 subprocess started." t nil)
13649
13650 ;;;***
13651 \f
13652 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
13653 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
13654
13655 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
13656 Play the Tetris game.
13657 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
13658 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
13659 as to form complete rows.
13660
13661 tetris-mode keybindings:
13662 \\<tetris-mode-map>
13663 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
13664 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
13665 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
13666 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
13667 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
13668 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
13669 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
13670 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
13671
13672 " t nil)
13673
13674 ;;;***
13675 \f
13676 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
13677 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
13678 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13679 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
13680 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
13681 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
13682 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
13683 ;;;;;; (14365 34873))
13684 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
13685
13686 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
13687 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
13688
13689 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
13690 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
13691 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
13692 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
13693 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
13694
13695 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
13696 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
13697 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
13698 if it matches the first line of the file,
13699 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
13700
13701 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
13702 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
13703 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
13704 if the variable is non-nil.")
13705
13706 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
13707 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
13708
13709 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
13710 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
13711 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13712 See the documentation of that variable.")
13713
13714 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
13715 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
13716 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13717 See the documentation of that variable.")
13718
13719 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
13720 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
13721 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13722 See the documentation of that variable.")
13723
13724 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
13725 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
13726 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
13727 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
13728
13729 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
13730 *User defined LaTeX block names.
13731 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
13732
13733 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
13734 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
13735 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13736 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
13737
13738 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
13739 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13740 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13741 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
13742
13743 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
13744 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
13745 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13746 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
13747
13748 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
13749 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
13750 for example,
13751
13752 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13753 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
13754
13755 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
13756 use.")
13757
13758 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
13759 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
13760 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13761 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
13762
13763 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
13764 window system being used. For example,
13765
13766 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
13767 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
13768
13769 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
13770 otherwise.")
13771
13772 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
13773 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
13774 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
13775
13776 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
13777 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
13778 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
13779 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
13780 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
13781
13782 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
13783 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
13784
13785 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
13786 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
13787
13788 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13789 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
13790 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
13791 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
13792 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
13793 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
13794 says which mode to use." t nil)
13795
13796 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
13797
13798 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
13799
13800 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
13801
13802 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13803 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
13804 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13805 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13806 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13807
13808 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
13809 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
13810 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13811 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13812 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13813 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13814 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13815
13816 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13817 mismatched $'s or braces.
13818
13819 Special commands:
13820 \\{tex-mode-map}
13821
13822 Mode variables:
13823 tex-run-command
13824 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13825 tex-directory
13826 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
13827 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13828 tex-dvi-print-command
13829 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13830 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13831 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13832 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13833 tex-dvi-view-command
13834 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13835 tex-show-queue-command
13836 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13837 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13838
13839 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
13840 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
13841 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13842
13843 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13844 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
13845 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13846 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13847 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13848
13849 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
13850 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
13851 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13852 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13853 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13854 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13855 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13856
13857 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13858 mismatched $'s or braces.
13859
13860 Special commands:
13861 \\{tex-mode-map}
13862
13863 Mode variables:
13864 latex-run-command
13865 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13866 tex-directory
13867 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
13868 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13869 tex-dvi-print-command
13870 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13871 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13872 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13873 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13874 tex-dvi-view-command
13875 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13876 tex-show-queue-command
13877 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13878 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13879
13880 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
13881 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
13882 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13883
13884 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13885 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
13886 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13887 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13888 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13889
13890 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
13891 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
13892 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13893 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13894 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13895 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13896 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13897
13898 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13899 mismatched $'s or braces.
13900
13901 Special commands:
13902 \\{tex-mode-map}
13903
13904 Mode variables:
13905 slitex-run-command
13906 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13907 tex-directory
13908 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
13909 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13910 tex-dvi-print-command
13911 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13912 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13913 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13914 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13915 tex-dvi-view-command
13916 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13917 tex-show-queue-command
13918 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13919 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13920
13921 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
13922 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
13923 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
13924 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13925
13926 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
13927
13928 ;;;***
13929 \f
13930 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
13931 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14456 53455))
13932 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
13933
13934 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
13935 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
13936 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
13937 name specified in the @setfilename command.
13938
13939 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
13940 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
13941 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
13942
13943 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
13944 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
13945 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
13946 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
13947 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
13948
13949 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
13950 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
13951 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
13952 names specified in the @setfilename command.
13953
13954 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
13955 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
13956 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
13957 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
13958
13959 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
13960 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
13961
13962 ;;;***
13963 \f
13964 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
13965 ;;;;;; (14536 60906))
13966 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
13967
13968 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
13969 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
13970
13971 It has these extra commands:
13972 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
13973
13974 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
13975 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
13976 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
13977 modified version of TeX input format.
13978
13979 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
13980 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
13981 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
13982 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
13983
13984 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
13985 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
13986 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
13987 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
13988 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
13989 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
13990 in the Texinfo file.
13991
13992 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
13993 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
13994 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
13995 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
13996 move forward past the closing brace.
13997
13998 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
13999 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
14000
14001 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
14002 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
14003 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
14004
14005 Here are the functions:
14006
14007 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
14008 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
14009 texinfo-sequential-node-update
14010
14011 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
14012 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
14013 texinfo-master-menu
14014
14015 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
14016
14017 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
14018 which menu descriptions are indented.
14019
14020 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
14021 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
14022 in the region.
14023
14024 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
14025 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
14026 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
14027 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
14028
14029 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
14030 be the first node in the file.
14031
14032 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
14033 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
14034
14035 ;;;***
14036 \f
14037 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
14038 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
14039 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
14040 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
14041
14042 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
14043 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
14044 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
14045
14046 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
14047 keybindings, are:
14048
14049 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
14050 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
14051 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
14052
14053 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
14054 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
14055 texinfo-master-menu ()
14056
14057 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
14058
14059 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
14060 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
14061
14062 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
14063 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
14064
14065 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
14066 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
14067
14068 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
14069 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
14070 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
14071 `p' takes you straight through the file.
14072
14073 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
14074 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
14075 marked region.
14076
14077 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
14078 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
14079 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
14080 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
14081
14082 ;;;***
14083 \f
14084 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
14085 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region
14086 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
14087 ;;;;;; (14477 53255))
14088 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
14089
14090 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\
14091 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil)
14092
14093 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
14094 Compose Thai characters in the region.
14095 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
14096 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
14097
14098 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
14099 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
14100
14101 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
14102 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
14103
14104 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
14105
14106 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
14107 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
14108 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
14109 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
14110 to compose.
14111
14112 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
14113
14114 ;;;***
14115 \f
14116 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
14117 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
14118 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14495 17997))
14119 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
14120
14121 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
14122 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
14123
14124 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14125 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
14126 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14127 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14128 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14129
14130 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14131 a symbol as a valid THING.
14132
14133 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
14134 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
14135
14136 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14137 Return the THING at point.
14138 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14139 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14140 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14141
14142 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14143 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
14144
14145 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14146
14147 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14148
14149 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14150
14151 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14152
14153 ;;;***
14154 \f
14155 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
14156 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
14157 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
14158 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p setup-tibetan-environment)
14159 ;;;;;; "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14423 51008))
14160 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
14161
14162 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil)
14163
14164 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
14165 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
14166 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
14167
14168 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
14169 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
14170
14171 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
14172 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
14173 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
14174
14175 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
14176 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
14177
14178 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
14179 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
14180
14181 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-region) (quote decompose-region))
14182
14183 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-string) (quote decompose-string))
14184
14185 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14186
14187 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14188 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
14189 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
14190
14191 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14192 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
14193 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
14194
14195 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14196
14197 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14198
14199 ;;;***
14200 \f
14201 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
14202 ;;;;;; (14357 30776))
14203 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
14204
14205 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
14206 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
14207 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14208 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14209 parameters.
14210 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14211
14212 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
14213 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
14214 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14215 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14216 parameters.
14217 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14218
14219 ;;;***
14220 \f
14221 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
14222 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14526 14916))
14223 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
14224
14225 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
14226 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14227 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14228 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
14229
14230 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14231
14232 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
14233
14234 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
14235 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
14236
14237 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
14238 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14239 This display updates automatically every minute.
14240 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14241 are displayed as well.
14242 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14243
14244 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
14245 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14246 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
14247
14248 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
14249 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14250 are displayed as well.
14251 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14252
14253 ;;;***
14254 \f
14255 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
14256 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14277 60981))
14257 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
14258
14259 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
14260 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
14261 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
14262 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
14263 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
14264 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
14265 look like one of the following:
14266 Time-stamp: <>
14267 Time-stamp: \" \"
14268 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
14269 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
14270 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
14271 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
14272 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
14273 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
14274 template." t nil)
14275
14276 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
14277 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
14278 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
14279
14280 ;;;***
14281 \f
14282 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
14283 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
14284 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821))
14285 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
14286
14287 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
14288
14289 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
14290 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
14291
14292 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
14293 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
14294
14295 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
14296 Perform an action at time TIME.
14297 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14298 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
14299 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
14300 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
14301 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
14302 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14303
14304 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14305
14306 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
14307 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
14308 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14309 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
14310 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14311
14312 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14313
14314 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
14315 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
14316 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
14317 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
14318
14319 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
14320 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14321 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14322 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
14323 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14324
14325 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14326 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
14327
14328 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
14329 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
14330 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
14331 The call should look like:
14332 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
14333 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
14334 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
14335 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
14336 be detected." nil (quote macro))
14337
14338 ;;;***
14339 \f
14340 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
14341 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
14342 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
14343
14344 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14345 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
14346 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
14347 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
14348
14349 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14350 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
14351 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
14352 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
14353 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
14354 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
14355 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
14356
14357 ;;;***
14358 \f
14359 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
14360 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14467 13719))
14361 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
14362 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
14363 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
14364 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
14365
14366 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
14367 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14368 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
14369 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
14370 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
14371
14372 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
14373 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14374 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
14375 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
14376 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
14377
14378 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
14379 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
14380 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
14381 in the menu in two ways:
14382 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
14383 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
14384 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
14385
14386 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
14387 keymap or an alist of alists.
14388 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
14389 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
14390
14391 ;;;***
14392 \f
14393 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
14394 ;;;;;; (14495 17998))
14395 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
14396
14397 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
14398 Mode for tooltip display.
14399 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
14400
14401 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
14402 Toggle tooltip-mode.
14403 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14404 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
14405
14406 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14407
14408 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
14409
14410 ;;;***
14411 \f
14412 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
14413 ;;;;;; 63726))
14414 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
14415
14416 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14417
14418 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14419
14420 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
14421 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
14422
14423 ;;;***
14424 \f
14425 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
14426 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
14427 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
14428
14429 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
14430 Set scroll margins." t nil)
14431
14432 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
14433 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
14434
14435 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
14436 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
14437
14438 ;;;***
14439 \f
14440 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
14441 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
14442
14443 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
14444 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
14445 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
14446 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
14447 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
14448
14449 ;;;***
14450 \f
14451 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
14452 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (13607 52440))
14453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
14454
14455 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
14456 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
14457
14458 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
14459 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
14460 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14461 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14462 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14463 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
14464 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
14465 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
14466
14467 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
14468 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
14469 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14470 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14471 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14472 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
14473 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
14474
14475 ;;;***
14476 \f
14477 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
14478 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
14479 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
14480 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
14481 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
14482 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
14483
14484 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
14485 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
14486 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
14487 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
14488 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
14489 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
14490 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
14491
14492 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
14493 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
14494 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
14495 accepting the proposed default buffer.
14496
14497 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14498
14499 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
14500 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
14501 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
14502 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
14503 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
14504 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
14505 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
14506
14507 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
14508 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
14509
14510 First column's text sSs Second column's text
14511 \\___/\\
14512 / \\
14513 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
14514
14515 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14516
14517 ;;;***
14518 \f
14519 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
14520 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
14521 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
14522 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029))
14523 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
14524
14525 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
14526 Toggle typing break mode.
14527 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
14528 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14529 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
14530
14531 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14532
14533 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
14534
14535 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
14536 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
14537
14538 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
14539 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
14540
14541 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
14542 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
14543 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
14544
14545 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
14546 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
14547
14548 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
14549 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
14550 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
14551
14552 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
14553 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
14554 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
14555 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
14556 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
14557 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
14558
14559 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
14560 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
14561 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
14562 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
14563
14564 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
14565 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
14566
14567 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
14568 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
14569
14570 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
14571 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
14572 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
14573
14574 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
14575 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
14576 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
14577 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
14578 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
14579 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
14580 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
14581
14582 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
14583 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
14584
14585 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
14586 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
14587 reset the keystroke counter.
14588
14589 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
14590 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
14591 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
14592 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
14593
14594 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
14595 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
14596 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
14597 `type-break-schedule' command.
14598
14599 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
14600 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
14601 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
14602 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
14603 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
14604 or not to continue.
14605
14606 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
14607 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
14608 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
14609 approximate good values for this.
14610
14611 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
14612 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
14613
14614 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
14615 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
14616 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
14617 `type-break-warning-repeat'
14618 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
14619 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
14620
14621 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
14622 a typing break occur. They include:
14623
14624 `type-break-query-mode'
14625 `type-break-query-function'
14626 `type-break-query-interval'
14627
14628 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
14629
14630 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
14631 Take a typing break.
14632
14633 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
14634 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
14635
14636 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
14637 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
14638
14639 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
14640 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
14641 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
14642 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
14643
14644 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
14645 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
14646
14647 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
14648 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
14649 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
14650 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
14651 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
14652 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
14653 average typing speed.)
14654
14655 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
14656 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
14657 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
14658 the computed maximum threshold.
14659
14660 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
14661 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
14662 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
14663 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
14664 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
14665
14666 ;;;***
14667 \f
14668 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
14669 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
14670 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
14671
14672 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
14673 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
14674 Works by overstriking underscores.
14675 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14676 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14677
14678 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
14679 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
14680 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14681 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14682
14683 ;;;***
14684 \f
14685 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
14686 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
14687 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
14688
14689 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14690 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
14691 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
14692
14693 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14694 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
14695 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
14696 following the containing message." t nil)
14697
14698 ;;;***
14699 \f
14700 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
14701 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
14702 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
14703
14704 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
14705 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
14706 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
14707 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
14708 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
14709 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
14710
14711 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
14712 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
14713
14714 ;;;***
14715 \f
14716 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
14717 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
14718 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
14719
14720 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
14721 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
14722 This function has a choice of three things to do:
14723 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
14724 to refrain from editing the file
14725 return t (grab the lock on the file)
14726 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
14727 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
14728 in any way you like." nil nil)
14729
14730 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
14731 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
14732 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
14733 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
14734 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
14735
14736 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
14737 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
14738
14739 ;;;***
14740 \f
14741 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
14742 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
14743 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
14744 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
14745 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
14746 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14478
14747 ;;;;;; 52465))
14748 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
14749
14750 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
14751 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
14752 See `run-hooks'.")
14753
14754 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
14755 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
14756 See `run-hooks'.")
14757
14758 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
14759 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
14760
14761 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
14762 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
14763 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
14764 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
14765 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
14766 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
14767
14768 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
14769 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
14770 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
14771 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
14772
14773 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
14774 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
14775 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
14776 it will operate on the file in the current line.
14777 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
14778 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
14779 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
14780 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
14781 lock steals will raise an error.
14782 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
14783
14784 For RCS and SCCS files:
14785 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
14786 control.
14787 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
14788 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
14789 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
14790 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
14791 it performs a revert.
14792 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
14793 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
14794 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
14795 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
14796 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
14797 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
14798 the option to steal the lock.
14799
14800 For CVS files:
14801 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
14802 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
14803 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
14804 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
14805 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
14806 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
14807 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
14808 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
14809 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
14810
14811 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
14812 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
14813
14814 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
14815 Display diffs between file versions.
14816 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
14817 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
14818 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
14819 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
14820
14821 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
14822 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
14823 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
14824 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
14825
14826 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
14827 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
14828 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
14829 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
14830
14831 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
14832
14833 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
14834 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
14835 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
14836
14837 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
14838
14839 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
14840 Make a snapshot called NAME.
14841 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
14842 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
14843 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
14844
14845 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
14846 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
14847 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
14848 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
14849 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
14850 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
14851 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
14852
14853 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
14854 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
14855
14856 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
14857 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
14858 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
14859 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
14860 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
14861 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
14862
14863 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
14864 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
14865 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
14866
14867 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
14868 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
14869
14870 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
14871 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
14872 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
14873 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
14874 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
14875
14876 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
14877
14878 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
14879 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
14880 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
14881
14882 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
14883 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
14884 default directory." t nil)
14885
14886 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
14887 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
14888 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
14889 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
14890
14891 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
14892 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
14893 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
14894 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
14895
14896 ;;;***
14897 \f
14898 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
14899 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
14900 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
14901
14902 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
14903 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
14904
14905 Usage:
14906 ------
14907
14908 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
14909 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
14910 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
14911 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
14912 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
14913 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
14914 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
14915 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
14916 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
14917 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
14918 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
14919 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
14920 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
14921 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
14922 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
14923 The following abbreviations can also be used:
14924 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
14925 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
14926 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
14927
14928 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
14929 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
14930 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
14931
14932 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
14933 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
14934 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
14935 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
14936 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
14937 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
14938 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
14939 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
14940 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
14941
14942 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
14943 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
14944 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
14945 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
14946 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
14947 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
14948 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
14949 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
14950
14951 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
14952 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
14953 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
14954
14955 - COMMENTS:
14956 `--' puts a single comment.
14957 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
14958 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
14959 comment in between.
14960 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
14961 following lines.
14962 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
14963 uncomments a region if already commented out.
14964
14965 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
14966 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
14967 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
14968 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
14969 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
14970 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
14971 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
14972 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
14973 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
14974 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
14975 multi-line comments.
14976
14977 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
14978 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
14979 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
14980 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
14981 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
14982 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
14983 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
14984 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
14985 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
14986
14987 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
14988 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
14989 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
14990 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
14991 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
14992 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
14993 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
14994 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
14995 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
14996 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
14997
14998 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
14999 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
15000 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
15001 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
15002 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
15003 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
15004 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
15005 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
15006 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
15007 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
15008 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
15009 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
15010 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
15011
15012 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
15013
15014 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
15015 menu).
15016
15017 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
15018
15019 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
15020 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
15021 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
15022 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
15023 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
15024
15025 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
15026 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
15027 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
15028 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
15029 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
15030 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
15031 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
15032 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
15033 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
15034
15035 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
15036 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
15037 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
15038 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
15039 specified.
15040
15041 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
15042 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
15043 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
15044 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
15045 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
15046 the current directory for VHDL source files.
15047
15048 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
15049 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
15050 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
15051 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
15052 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
15053 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
15054 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
15055 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
15056 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
15057 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
15058 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
15059
15060 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
15061 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
15062 Math Packages.
15063
15064 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
15065 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
15066 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
15067 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
15068 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
15069 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
15070 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
15071 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
15072
15073 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
15074 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
15075 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
15076 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
15077 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
15078 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
15079
15080 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
15081 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
15082 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
15083 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
15084 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
15085
15086 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
15087 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
15088 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
15089 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
15090 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
15091
15092 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
15093 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
15094 highlighted if written in lower case.
15095
15096 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
15097 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
15098 is non-nil.
15099
15100 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
15101 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
15102 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
15103
15104 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
15105 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
15106 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
15107
15108 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
15109 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
15110 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
15111
15112 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
15113 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
15114 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
15115 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
15116 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
15117 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
15118 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
15119
15120 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
15121 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
15122 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
15123 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
15124 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
15125
15126 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
15127 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
15128 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
15129 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15130
15131 - HINTS:
15132 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
15133
15134
15135 Maintenance:
15136 ------------
15137
15138 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
15139 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
15140
15141 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15142
15143 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
15144 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
15145 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
15146 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15147
15148 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
15149 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
15150 version and release notes can be found.
15151
15152
15153 Bugs and Limitations:
15154 ---------------------
15155
15156 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
15157 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
15158 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
15159 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
15160 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
15161 does not work under XEmacs.
15162
15163
15164 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
15165 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
15166
15167 Key bindings:
15168 -------------
15169
15170 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
15171
15172 ;;;***
15173 \f
15174 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
15175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
15176
15177 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
15178 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
15179 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
15180 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
15181
15182 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
15183 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
15184 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
15185 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
15186 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
15187
15188 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
15189 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
15190
15191 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
15192
15193 * Limitations and unsupported features
15194 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
15195 not supported.
15196 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
15197 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
15198
15199 * Modifications
15200 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
15201 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
15202 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
15203 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
15204 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
15205 for undoing a repeated change command.
15206 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
15207 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
15208 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
15209
15210 * Extensions
15211 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
15212 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
15213 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
15214 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
15215 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
15216 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
15217 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
15218 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
15219
15220 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
15221
15222 ;;;***
15223 \f
15224 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
15225 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
15226 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char)
15227 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11275))
15228 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
15229
15230 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
15231 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
15232
15233 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\
15234 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil)
15235
15236 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15237 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
15238 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15239 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15240
15241 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15242 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
15243
15244 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15245 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
15246 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15247 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15248
15249 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15250 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
15251
15252 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15253
15254 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15255
15256 ;;;***
15257 \f
15258 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
15259 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
15260 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14550
15261 ;;;;;; 6934))
15262 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
15263
15264 (defvar view-mode nil "\
15265 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
15266 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
15267 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
15268
15269 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
15270
15271 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
15272 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15273 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15274 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15275 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15276 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15277 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15278
15279 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15280
15281 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
15282 View FILE in View mode in another window.
15283 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
15284 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15285 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15286 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15287 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15288 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15289
15290 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15291
15292 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
15293 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
15294 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
15295 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15296 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15297 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15298 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15299 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15300
15301 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15302
15303 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
15304 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15305 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15306 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15307 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15308 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15309 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15310
15311 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15312
15313 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15314 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15315 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15316
15317 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
15318 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
15319 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15320 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15321 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15322 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15323 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15324 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15325
15326 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15327
15328 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15329 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15330 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15331
15332 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
15333 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
15334 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15335 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15336 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15337 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15338 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15339 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15340
15341 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15342
15343 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15344 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15345 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15346
15347 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
15348 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
15349 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
15350
15351 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
15352 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
15353 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
15354 read-only.
15355 \\<view-mode-map>
15356 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
15357 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
15358 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
15359 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
15360 commands default to a repeat count of one.
15361
15362 H, h, ? This message.
15363 Digits provide prefix arguments.
15364 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
15365 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
15366 > move to the end of buffer.
15367 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
15368 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
15369 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
15370 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
15371 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
15372 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
15373 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
15374 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
15375 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
15376 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
15377 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
15378 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
15379 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
15380 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
15381 Use this to view a changing file.
15382 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
15383 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
15384 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
15385 . set the mark.
15386 x exchanges point and mark.
15387 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
15388 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
15389 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
15390 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
15391 ' go to position saved in character register.
15392 s do forward incremental search.
15393 r do reverse incremental search.
15394 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
15395 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
15396 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
15397 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
15398 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
15399 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
15400 p searches backward for last regular expression.
15401 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
15402 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
15403 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
15404 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
15405 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
15406 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
15407 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
15408 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
15409
15410 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
15411 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
15412 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
15413 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
15414 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
15415 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
15416 will return to that buffer.
15417
15418 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15419
15420 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
15421 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
15422 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
15423 `view-return-to-alist'.
15424 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
15425 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
15426 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
15427
15428 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
15429 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
15430 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
15431 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
15432 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
15433 1) nil Do nothing.
15434 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
15435 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
15436 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
15437 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
15438
15439 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15440
15441 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
15442
15443 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
15444 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
15445
15446 ;;;***
15447 \f
15448 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
15449 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
15450
15451 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
15452 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
15453
15454 ;;;***
15455 \f
15456 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
15457 ;;;;;; (14522 27540))
15458 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
15459
15460 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
15461 Toggle Viper on/off.
15462 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
15463
15464 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
15465 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
15466
15467 ;;;***
15468 \f
15469 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012))
15470 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
15471
15472 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
15473 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
15474
15475 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
15476 hotlist.
15477
15478 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
15479 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
15480
15481 ;;;***
15482 \f
15483 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
15484 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
15485 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
15486
15487 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
15488 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
15489 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15490 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
15491
15492 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
15493
15494 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
15495
15496 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
15497
15498 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
15499 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
15500 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
15501 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
15502
15503 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
15504 and off otherwise." t nil)
15505
15506 ;;;***
15507 \f
15508 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
15509 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
15510 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14495 17999))
15511 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
15512
15513 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
15514 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
15515
15516 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15517 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15518 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
15519 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15520 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15521
15522 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
15523 and:
15524 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
15525 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
15526
15527 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
15528 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
15529
15530 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
15531 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
15532
15533 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
15534 whitespace problems." t nil)
15535
15536 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
15537 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
15538
15539 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
15540 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
15541
15542 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
15543 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
15544
15545 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15546 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15547 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
15548 replaced with TABS).
15549 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15550 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15551
15552 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
15553
15554 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
15555 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
15556
15557 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
15558 i - Indentation whitespace.
15559 l - Leading whitespace.
15560 s - Space followed by Tab.
15561 t - Trailing whitespace.
15562
15563 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
15564 !<y>.
15565
15566 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
15567 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
15568 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
15569 always they default to 8.)
15570
15571 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
15572 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
15573 even print it.
15574
15575 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
15576 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
15577 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
15578 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
15579 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
15580 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
15581 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
15582 to set smarttab.)
15583
15584 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
15585 merge problems.
15586
15587 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
15588 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
15589 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
15590
15591 ;;;***
15592 \f
15593 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
15594 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
15595 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
15596
15597 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
15598 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
15599
15600 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
15601 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
15602
15603 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
15604 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
15605
15606 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
15607 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
15608 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15609
15610 ;;;***
15611 \f
15612 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
15613 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14508 6458))
15614 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
15615
15616 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
15617 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
15618 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
15619
15620 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
15621 Create widget of TYPE.
15622 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
15623
15624 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
15625 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
15626
15627 ;;;***
15628 \f
15629 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
15630 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14485
15631 ;;;;;; 64331))
15632 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
15633
15634 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
15635 Select the window to the left of the current one.
15636 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15637 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15638 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
15639 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15640 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15641
15642 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
15643 Select the window above the current one.
15644 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
15645 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
15646 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
15647 negative ARG) of the current window.
15648 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15649
15650 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
15651 Select the window to the right of the current one.
15652 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15653 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
15654 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
15655 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
15656 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15657
15658 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
15659 Select the window below the current one.
15660 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15661 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15662 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
15663 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15664 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15665
15666 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
15667 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
15668
15669 ;;;***
15670 \f
15671 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
15672 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
15673 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
15674
15675 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
15676 Toggle winner-mode.
15677 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15678 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
15679
15680 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15681
15682 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
15683
15684 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
15685 Toggle Winner mode.
15686 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15687
15688 ;;;***
15689 \f
15690 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
15691 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
15692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
15693
15694 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
15695 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
15696
15697 BUGS:
15698 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
15699 are not implemented
15700 - Options for search and replace
15701 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
15702 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
15703
15704 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
15705 Emacs-like.
15706
15707 The key bindings are:
15708
15709 C-a backward-word
15710 C-b fill-paragraph
15711 C-c scroll-up-line
15712 C-d forward-char
15713 C-e previous-line
15714 C-f forward-word
15715 C-g delete-char
15716 C-h backward-char
15717 C-i indent-for-tab-command
15718 C-j help-for-help
15719 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
15720 C-l ws-repeat-search
15721 C-n open-line
15722 C-p quoted-insert
15723 C-r scroll-down-line
15724 C-s backward-char
15725 C-t kill-word
15726 C-u keyboard-quit
15727 C-v overwrite-mode
15728 C-w scroll-down
15729 C-x next-line
15730 C-y kill-complete-line
15731 C-z scroll-up
15732
15733 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
15734 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
15735 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
15736 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
15737 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
15738 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
15739 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
15740 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
15741 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
15742 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
15743 C-k b ws-begin-block
15744 C-k c ws-copy-block
15745 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
15746 C-k f find-file
15747 C-k h ws-show-markers
15748 C-k i ws-indent-block
15749 C-k k ws-end-block
15750 C-k p ws-print-block
15751 C-k q kill-emacs
15752 C-k r insert-file
15753 C-k s save-some-buffers
15754 C-k t ws-mark-word
15755 C-k u ws-exdent-block
15756 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
15757 C-k v ws-move-block
15758 C-k w ws-write-block
15759 C-k x kill-emacs
15760 C-k y ws-delete-block
15761
15762 C-o c wordstar-center-line
15763 C-o b switch-to-buffer
15764 C-o j justify-current-line
15765 C-o k kill-buffer
15766 C-o l list-buffers
15767 C-o m auto-fill-mode
15768 C-o r set-fill-column
15769 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
15770 C-o wd delete-other-windows
15771 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
15772 C-o wo other-window
15773 C-o wv split-window-vertically
15774
15775 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
15776 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
15777 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
15778 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
15779 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
15780 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
15781 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
15782 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
15783 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
15784 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
15785 C-q a ws-query-replace
15786 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
15787 C-q c end-of-buffer
15788 C-q d end-of-line
15789 C-q f ws-search
15790 C-q k ws-to-block-end
15791 C-q l ws-undo
15792 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
15793 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
15794 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
15795 C-q w ws-last-error
15796 C-q y ws-kill-eol
15797 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
15798 " t nil)
15799
15800 ;;;***
15801 \f
15802 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
15803 ;;;;;; 149))
15804 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
15805
15806 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
15807 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
15808 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
15809
15810 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
15811
15812 ;;;***
15813 \f
15814 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
15815 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
15816 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
15817
15818 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
15819 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
15820
15821 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
15822 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
15823
15824 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
15825 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
15826 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
15827
15828 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
15829 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
15830
15831 ;;;***
15832 \f
15833 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
15834 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
15835 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
15836
15837 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
15838 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
15839
15840 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
15841 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
15842
15843 Zone-mode does two things:
15844
15845 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
15846 when saving the file
15847
15848 - fontification" t nil)
15849
15850 ;;;***
15851 \f
15852 ;;; Local Variables:
15853 ;;; version-control: never
15854 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
15855 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
15856 ;;; End:
15857 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here